c55e5c06571dec3d246da2d27a7f787e35beb594
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6
7 This file is part of GDB.
8
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
13
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
18
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21
22 #include "defs.h"
23 #include "arch-utils.h"
24 #include <ctype.h>
25 #include "hashtab.h"
26 #include "symtab.h"
27 #include "frame.h"
28 #include "breakpoint.h"
29 #include "tracepoint.h"
30 #include "gdbtypes.h"
31 #include "expression.h"
32 #include "gdbcore.h"
33 #include "gdbcmd.h"
34 #include "value.h"
35 #include "command.h"
36 #include "inferior.h"
37 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "target.h"
39 #include "language.h"
40 #include "gdb_string.h"
41 #include "demangle.h"
42 #include "annotate.h"
43 #include "symfile.h"
44 #include "objfiles.h"
45 #include "source.h"
46 #include "linespec.h"
47 #include "completer.h"
48 #include "gdb.h"
49 #include "ui-out.h"
50 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
51 #include "gdb_assert.h"
52 #include "block.h"
53 #include "solib.h"
54 #include "solist.h"
55 #include "observer.h"
56 #include "exceptions.h"
57 #include "memattr.h"
58 #include "ada-lang.h"
59 #include "top.h"
60 #include "wrapper.h"
61 #include "valprint.h"
62 #include "jit.h"
63 #include "xml-syscall.h"
64 #include "parser-defs.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66
67 /* readline include files */
68 #include "readline/readline.h"
69 #include "readline/history.h"
70
71 /* readline defines this. */
72 #undef savestring
73
74 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
75 #include "python/python.h"
76
77 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */
78 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0)
79 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1)
80
81 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
82
83 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
84
85 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
86
87 static void disable_command (char *, int);
88
89 static void enable_command (char *, int);
90
91 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
92 void *),
93 void *);
94
95 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
96
97 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
98
99 static void clear_command (char *, int);
100
101 static void catch_command (char *, int);
102
103 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *, int);
104
105 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
106
107 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
108
109 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
110 static. */
111 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
112 struct symtab_and_line,
113 enum bptype);
114
115 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
116
117 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
118 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
119 enum bptype bptype);
120
121 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
122 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
123 struct obj_section *, int);
124
125 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
126 CORE_ADDR addr1,
127 struct address_space *aspace2,
128 CORE_ADDR addr2);
129
130 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
131 struct bp_location *loc2);
132
133 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
134
135 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
136
137 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
138 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
139
140 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
141
142 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
143
144 static void commands_command (char *, int);
145
146 static void condition_command (char *, int);
147
148 typedef enum
149 {
150 mark_inserted,
151 mark_uninserted
152 }
153 insertion_state_t;
154
155 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
156 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
157
158 static enum print_stop_action print_it_typical (bpstat);
159
160 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
161
162 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
163
164 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
165
166 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
167
168 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype, int *);
169
170 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
171
172 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
173
174 static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp);
175
176 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
177
178 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
179
180 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
181
182 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
183
184 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
185 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
186
187 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
188
189 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
190
191 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
192 CORE_ADDR pc);
193
194 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
195 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
196 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
197
198 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
199
200 static void update_global_location_list (int);
201
202 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
203
204 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
205
206 static int is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
207
208 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
209
210 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
211
212 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
213
214 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
215
216 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
217
218 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
219
220 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
221
222 /* Assuming we're creating a static tracepoint, does S look like a
223 static tracepoint marker spec ("-m MARKER_ID")? */
224 #define is_marker_spec(s) \
225 (s != NULL && strncmp (s, "-m", 2) == 0 && ((s)[2] == ' ' || (s)[2] == '\t'))
226
227 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
228 breakpoints share a single command list. */
229 struct counted_command_line
230 {
231 /* The reference count. */
232 int refc;
233
234 /* The command list. */
235 struct command_line *commands;
236 };
237
238 struct command_line *
239 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
240 {
241 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
242 }
243
244 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
245 current breakpoint. */
246
247 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
248
249 static const char *
250 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
251 {
252 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
253 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
254 a breakpoint. */
255 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
256
257 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
258 }
259
260 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
261 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
262 if such is available. */
263 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
264
265 static void
266 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
267 struct cmd_list_element *c,
268 const char *value)
269 {
270 fprintf_filtered (file,
271 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
272 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
273 value);
274 }
275
276 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
277 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
278 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
279 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
280 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
281 static void
282 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
283 struct cmd_list_element *c,
284 const char *value)
285 {
286 fprintf_filtered (file,
287 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
288 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
289 value);
290 }
291
292 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
293 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
294 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
295 use hardware breakpoints. */
296 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
297 static void
298 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
299 struct cmd_list_element *c,
300 const char *value)
301 {
302 fprintf_filtered (file,
303 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
304 value);
305 }
306
307 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
308 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
309 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
310 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
311 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
312
313 static const char always_inserted_auto[] = "auto";
314 static const char always_inserted_on[] = "on";
315 static const char always_inserted_off[] = "off";
316 static const char *always_inserted_enums[] = {
317 always_inserted_auto,
318 always_inserted_off,
319 always_inserted_on,
320 NULL
321 };
322 static const char *always_inserted_mode = always_inserted_auto;
323 static void
324 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
325 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
326 {
327 if (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto)
328 fprintf_filtered (file,
329 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
330 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
331 value,
332 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
333 else
334 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
335 value);
336 }
337
338 int
339 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
340 {
341 return (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_on
342 || (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto && non_stop));
343 }
344
345 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
346
347 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
348 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
349
350 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
351 static int overlay_events_enabled;
352
353 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
354 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
355
356 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
357 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the
358 current breakpoint. */
359
360 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
361
362 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
363 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
364 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
365 B = TMP)
366
367 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
368 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
369 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
370
371 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
372 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
373 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
374 BP_TMP++)
375
376 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
377
378 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
379 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
380 if (is_tracepoint (B))
381
382 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
383
384 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
385
386 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
387
388 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
389
390 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
391
392 static unsigned bp_location_count;
393
394 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
395 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
396 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
397 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
398 an address you need to read. */
399
400 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
401
402 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
403 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
404 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
405 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
406 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
407
408 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
409
410 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
411 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
412 by a target. */
413 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
414
415 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
416
417 static int breakpoint_count;
418
419 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
420 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
421 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
422 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
423 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
424
425 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
426
427 static int tracepoint_count;
428
429 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
430 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
431 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
432
433 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
434 static int
435 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
436 {
437 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
438 }
439
440 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
441
442 static void
443 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
444 {
445 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
446 breakpoint_count = num;
447 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
448 }
449
450 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
451 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
452 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
453
454 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
455 breakpoint made. */
456
457 void
458 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
459 {
460 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
461 }
462
463 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
464 breakpoint made. */
465
466 void
467 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
468 {
469 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
470 }
471
472 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
473
474 void
475 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
476 {
477 struct breakpoint *b;
478
479 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
480 b->hit_count = 0;
481 }
482
483 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
484 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
485
486 static struct counted_command_line *
487 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
488 {
489 struct counted_command_line *result
490 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
491
492 result->refc = 1;
493 result->commands = commands;
494 return result;
495 }
496
497 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
498
499 static void
500 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
501 {
502 if (cmd)
503 ++cmd->refc;
504 }
505
506 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
507 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
508 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
509
510 static void
511 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
512 {
513 if (*cmdp)
514 {
515 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
516 {
517 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
518 xfree (*cmdp);
519 }
520 *cmdp = NULL;
521 }
522 }
523
524 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
525
526 static void
527 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
528 {
529 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
530 }
531
532 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
533 argument. */
534
535 static struct cleanup *
536 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
537 {
538 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
539 }
540
541 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
542 for "break" command with no arg.
543 If default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
544 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
545
546 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
547
548 int default_breakpoint_valid;
549 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address;
550 struct symtab *default_breakpoint_symtab;
551 int default_breakpoint_line;
552 struct program_space *default_breakpoint_pspace;
553
554 \f
555 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
556 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
557
558 struct breakpoint *
559 get_breakpoint (int num)
560 {
561 struct breakpoint *b;
562
563 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
564 if (b->number == num)
565 return b;
566
567 return NULL;
568 }
569
570 \f
571
572 void
573 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
574 int from_tty)
575 {
576 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
577
578 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
579 {
580 xfree (loc->cond);
581 loc->cond = NULL;
582 }
583 xfree (b->cond_string);
584 b->cond_string = NULL;
585 xfree (b->cond_exp);
586 b->cond_exp = NULL;
587
588 if (*exp == 0)
589 {
590 if (from_tty)
591 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
592 }
593 else
594 {
595 char *arg = exp;
596
597 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
598 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
599 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
600 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
601
602 if (is_watchpoint (b))
603 {
604 innermost_block = NULL;
605 arg = exp;
606 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
607 if (*arg)
608 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
609 b->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
610 }
611 else
612 {
613 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
614 {
615 arg = exp;
616 loc->cond =
617 parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
618 if (*arg)
619 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
620 }
621 }
622 }
623 breakpoints_changed ();
624 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
625 }
626
627 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
628
629 static void
630 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
631 {
632 struct breakpoint *b;
633 char *p;
634 int bnum;
635
636 if (arg == 0)
637 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
638
639 p = arg;
640 bnum = get_number (&p);
641 if (bnum == 0)
642 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
643
644 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
645 if (b->number == bnum)
646 {
647 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
648 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
649 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
650 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
651 if (b->py_bp_object
652 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
653 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
654 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
655 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
656 return;
657 }
658
659 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
660 }
661
662 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
663 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
664 Throw if any such commands is found. */
665
666 static void
667 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
668 {
669 struct command_line *c;
670
671 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
672 {
673 int i;
674
675 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
676 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
677 "only be used for tracepoints"));
678
679 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
680 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
681
682 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
683 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
684 command directly. */
685 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
686 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
687
688 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
689 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
690 }
691 }
692
693 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
694
695 int
696 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
697 {
698 return (b->type == bp_tracepoint
699 || b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
700 || b->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
701 }
702
703 /* A helper function that validsates that COMMANDS are valid for a
704 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
705 found. */
706
707 static void
708 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
709 struct command_line *commands)
710 {
711 if (is_tracepoint (b))
712 {
713 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
714 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
715 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
716 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
717 struct command_line *c;
718 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
719 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
720 {
721 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
722 {
723 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
724 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
725 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
726 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
727 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
728 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
729
730 if (while_stepping)
731 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
732 "can be used only once"));
733 else
734 while_stepping = c;
735 }
736 }
737 if (while_stepping)
738 {
739 struct command_line *c2;
740
741 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
742 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
743 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
744 {
745 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
746 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
747 }
748 }
749 }
750 else
751 {
752 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
753 }
754 }
755
756 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
757 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
758
759 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
760 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
761 {
762 struct breakpoint *b;
763 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
764 struct bp_location *loc;
765
766 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
767 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
768 {
769 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
770 if (loc->address == addr)
771 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
772 }
773
774 return found;
775 }
776
777 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
778 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
779
780 void
781 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
782 struct command_line *commands)
783 {
784 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
785
786 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
787 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
788 breakpoints_changed ();
789 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
790 }
791
792 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
793 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
794 commands. */
795
796 void
797 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
798 {
799 int old_silent = b->silent;
800
801 b->silent = silent;
802 if (old_silent != silent)
803 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
804 }
805
806 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
807 breakpoint work for any thread. */
808
809 void
810 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
811 {
812 int old_thread = b->thread;
813
814 b->thread = thread;
815 if (old_thread != thread)
816 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
817 }
818
819 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
820 breakpoint work for any task. */
821
822 void
823 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
824 {
825 int old_task = b->task;
826
827 b->task = task;
828 if (old_task != task)
829 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
830 }
831
832 void
833 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
834 {
835 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
836
837 validate_actionline (&line, b);
838 }
839
840 /* A structure used to pass information through
841 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
842
843 struct commands_info
844 {
845 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
846 int from_tty;
847
848 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
849 char *arg;
850
851 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
852 already-parsed command. */
853 struct command_line *control;
854
855 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
856 yet been read. */
857 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
858 };
859
860 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
861 commands_command. */
862
863 static void
864 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
865 {
866 struct commands_info *info = data;
867
868 if (info->cmd == NULL)
869 {
870 struct command_line *l;
871
872 if (info->control != NULL)
873 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
874 else
875 {
876 struct cleanup *old_chain;
877 char *str;
878
879 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
880 "%s, one per line."),
881 info->arg);
882
883 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
884
885 l = read_command_lines (str,
886 info->from_tty, 1,
887 (is_tracepoint (b)
888 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
889 b);
890
891 do_cleanups (old_chain);
892 }
893
894 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
895 }
896
897 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
898 do anything. */
899 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
900 {
901 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
902 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
903 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
904 b->commands = info->cmd;
905 breakpoints_changed ();
906 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
907 }
908 }
909
910 static void
911 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
912 struct command_line *control)
913 {
914 struct cleanup *cleanups;
915 struct commands_info info;
916
917 info.from_tty = from_tty;
918 info.control = control;
919 info.cmd = NULL;
920 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
921 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
922 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
923
924 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
925 {
926 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
927 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
928 breakpoint_count);
929 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
930 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
931 else
932 {
933 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
934 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
935 numbers will fail in this case. */
936 arg = NULL;
937 }
938 }
939 else
940 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
941 our argument. */
942 arg = xstrdup (arg);
943
944 if (arg != NULL)
945 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
946
947 info.arg = arg;
948
949 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
950
951 if (info.cmd == NULL)
952 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
953
954 do_cleanups (cleanups);
955 }
956
957 static void
958 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
959 {
960 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
961 }
962
963 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
964 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
965
966 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
967 that are part of if and while bodies. */
968 enum command_control_type
969 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
970 {
971 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
972 return simple_control;
973 }
974
975 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
976
977 static int
978 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
979 {
980 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
981 return 0;
982 if (!bl->inserted)
983 return 0;
984 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
985 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
986 return 0;
987 return 1;
988 }
989
990 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
991 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
992
993 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
994 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
995 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
996 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
997 memaddr ... memaddr + len
998 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
999 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1000 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1001 and:
1002 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1003
1004 void
1005 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte *buf, ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1006 {
1007 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1008 search. */
1009 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1010
1011 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1012 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1013 report higher one. */
1014
1015 bc_l = 0;
1016 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1017 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1018 {
1019 struct bp_location *bl;
1020
1021 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1022 bl = bp_location[bc];
1023
1024 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1025 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1026 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1027 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1028
1029 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1030 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1031 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1032
1033 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1034 >= bl->address)
1035 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1036 <= memaddr))
1037 bc_l = bc;
1038 else
1039 bc_r = bc;
1040 }
1041
1042 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1043 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1044 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1045 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1046 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1047 B:
1048
1049 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1050
1051 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1052 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1053 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1054 and L2. */
1055 while (bc_l > 0
1056 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1057 bc_l--;
1058
1059 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1060
1061 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1062 {
1063 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1064 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1065 int bp_size = 0;
1066 int bptoffset = 0;
1067
1068 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1069 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1070 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1071 bl->owner->number);
1072
1073 /* Performance optimization: any futher element can no longer affect BUF
1074 content. */
1075
1076 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1077 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1078 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1079 break;
1080
1081 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1082 continue;
1083 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1084 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1085 continue;
1086
1087 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1088 we need to copy. */
1089 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1090 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1091
1092 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1093 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1094 are reading. */
1095 continue;
1096
1097 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1098 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1099 reading. */
1100 continue;
1101
1102 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1103 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1104 {
1105 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1106 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1107 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1108 bp_addr = memaddr;
1109 }
1110
1111 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1112 {
1113 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1114 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1115 }
1116
1117 memcpy (buf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1118 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1119 }
1120 }
1121 \f
1122
1123 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1124
1125 static int
1126 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1127 {
1128 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1129 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1130 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1131 }
1132
1133 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1134 software. */
1135
1136 static int
1137 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1138 {
1139 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1140 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1141 }
1142
1143 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint: returns true if the current thread
1144 and its running state are safe to evaluate or update watchpoint B.
1145 Watchpoints on local expressions need to be evaluated in the
1146 context of the thread that was current when the watchpoint was
1147 created, and, that thread needs to be stopped to be able to select
1148 the correct frame context. Watchpoints on global expressions can
1149 be evaluated on any thread, and in any state. It is presently left
1150 to the target allowing memory accesses when threads are
1151 running. */
1152
1153 static int
1154 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct breakpoint *b)
1155 {
1156 return (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1157 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1158 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid)));
1159 }
1160
1161 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1162 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1163 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1164 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1165 in b->loc->cond.
1166 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1167
1168 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1169 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1170 it.
1171
1172 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1173 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1174 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1175 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1176 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1177 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1178 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1179 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1180
1181 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1182 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1183 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1184 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1185 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1186 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1187 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1188 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1189 not changed.
1190
1191 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1192 hardware watchpoints:
1193
1194 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1195 called several times when GDB stops.
1196
1197 [linux]
1198 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1199 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1200 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1201 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1202 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1203 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1204 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1205 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1206 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1207 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1208 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1209
1210 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1211 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1212
1213 static void
1214 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, int reparse)
1215 {
1216 int within_current_scope;
1217 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1218 int frame_saved;
1219
1220 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1221 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1222 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1223 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1224 return;
1225
1226 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1227 return;
1228
1229 frame_saved = 0;
1230
1231 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1232 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1233 within_current_scope = 1;
1234 else
1235 {
1236 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1237 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1238 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1239
1240 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1241 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1242 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1243 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1244 return;
1245
1246 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1247 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1248 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1249 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1250 selected frame. */
1251 frame_saved = 1;
1252 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1253
1254 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1255 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1256 if (within_current_scope)
1257 select_frame (fi);
1258 }
1259
1260 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1261 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1262 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1263 b->loc = NULL;
1264
1265 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1266 {
1267 char *s;
1268
1269 if (b->exp)
1270 {
1271 xfree (b->exp);
1272 b->exp = NULL;
1273 }
1274 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1275 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1276 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1277 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1278 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1279 be completely different objects. */
1280 value_free (b->val);
1281 b->val = NULL;
1282 b->val_valid = 0;
1283
1284 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1285 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1286 locations (re)created below. */
1287 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
1288 {
1289 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1290 {
1291 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1292 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1293 }
1294
1295 s = b->cond_string;
1296 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1297 }
1298 }
1299
1300 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1301 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1302 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1303 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1304 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1305 if ( !target_has_execution)
1306 {
1307 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1308 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1309 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1310 }
1311 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1312 {
1313 int pc = 0;
1314 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1315 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1316
1317 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1318
1319 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1320 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1321 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1322 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly. */
1323 if (!b->val_valid)
1324 {
1325 b->val = v;
1326 b->val_valid = 1;
1327 }
1328
1329 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1330
1331 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1332 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1333 {
1334 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1335 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1336 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1337 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1338 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1339 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1340 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1341 {
1342 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1343
1344 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1345 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1346 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1347 if (v == result
1348 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1349 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1350 {
1351 CORE_ADDR addr;
1352 int len, type;
1353 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1354
1355 addr = value_address (v);
1356 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1357 type = hw_write;
1358 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1359 type = hw_read;
1360 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1361 type = hw_access;
1362
1363 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1364 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1365 ;
1366 *tmp = loc;
1367 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1368
1369 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1370 loc->address = addr;
1371 loc->length = len;
1372 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1373 }
1374 }
1375 }
1376
1377 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1378 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1379 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1380 is started. */
1381 if ((b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
1382 && reparse)
1383 {
1384 int reg_cnt;
1385 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1386 struct bp_location *bl;
1387
1388 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain, b->exact);
1389
1390 if (reg_cnt)
1391 {
1392 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1393 enum enable_state orig_enable_state;
1394
1395 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1396 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1397 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1398 this watchpoint in as well. To guarantee the
1399 hw_watchpoint_used_count call below counts this
1400 watchpoint, make sure that it is marked as a hardware
1401 watchpoint. */
1402 b->type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1403
1404 /* hw_watchpoint_used_count ignores disabled watchpoints,
1405 and b might be disabled if we're being called from
1406 do_enable_breakpoint. */
1407 orig_enable_state = b->enable_state;
1408 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
1409
1410 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_hardware_watchpoint,
1411 &other_type_used);
1412
1413 b->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
1414
1415 target_resources_ok = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint
1416 (bp_hardware_watchpoint, i, other_type_used);
1417 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1418 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1419 }
1420 else
1421 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1422
1423 loc_type = (b->type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1424 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1425 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1426 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1427 }
1428
1429 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1430 {
1431 next = value_next (v);
1432 if (v != b->val)
1433 value_free (v);
1434 }
1435
1436 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1437 above left it without any location set up. But,
1438 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1439 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1440 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc == NULL)
1441 {
1442 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1443 b->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1444 b->loc->address = -1;
1445 b->loc->length = -1;
1446 b->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1447 }
1448 }
1449 else if (!within_current_scope)
1450 {
1451 printf_filtered (_("\
1452 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1453 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1454 b->number);
1455 if (b->related_breakpoint)
1456 {
1457 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1458 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = NULL;
1459 b->related_breakpoint= NULL;
1460 }
1461 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1462 }
1463
1464 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1465 if (frame_saved)
1466 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1467 }
1468
1469
1470 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1471 inserted in the inferior. */
1472 static int
1473 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1474 {
1475 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
1476 return 0;
1477
1478 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1479 return 0;
1480
1481 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
1482 return 0;
1483
1484 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1485 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1486 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1487 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1488 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1489 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1490 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1491 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1492 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
1493 return 0;
1494
1495 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1496 not by us. */
1497 if (is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
1498 return 0;
1499
1500 return 1;
1501 }
1502
1503 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
1504 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
1505 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1506
1507 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
1508 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1509 static int
1510 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
1511 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
1512 int *disabled_breaks,
1513 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
1514 {
1515 int val = 0;
1516
1517 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
1518 return 0;
1519
1520 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1521 memset (&bl->target_info, 0, sizeof (bl->target_info));
1522 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
1523 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
1524
1525 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1526 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1527 {
1528 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
1529 {
1530 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1531 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1532 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1533
1534 Two important cases are:
1535 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1536 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1537 hardware breakpoint.
1538 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
1539 read-write. This means we've previously made the
1540 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
1541 so we undo.
1542
1543 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
1544 location types we've just set here, the only possible
1545 problem is that memory map has changed during running
1546 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
1547 gdb. */
1548 struct mem_region *mr
1549 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
1550
1551 if (mr)
1552 {
1553 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
1554 {
1555 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
1556
1557 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1558 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
1559 else
1560 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
1561
1562 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
1563 {
1564 static int said = 0;
1565
1566 bl->loc_type = new_type;
1567 if (!said)
1568 {
1569 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
1570 _("Note: automatically using "
1571 "hardware breakpoints for "
1572 "read-only addresses.\n"));
1573 said = 1;
1574 }
1575 }
1576 }
1577 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1578 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1579 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
1580 "at readonly address %s"),
1581 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
1582 }
1583 }
1584
1585 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1586 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1587 || bl->section == NULL
1588 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
1589 {
1590 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1591
1592 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1593 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1594 &bl->target_info);
1595 else
1596 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1597 &bl->target_info);
1598 }
1599 else
1600 {
1601 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1602 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1603 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1604 {
1605 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1606 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1607 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1608 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1609 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1610 bl->owner->number);
1611 else
1612 {
1613 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
1614 bl->section);
1615 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1616 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
1617 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
1618 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1619 &bl->overlay_target_info);
1620 if (val != 0)
1621 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1622 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
1623 "failed: in ROM?\n",
1624 bl->owner->number);
1625 }
1626 }
1627 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1628 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
1629 {
1630 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1631 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1632 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1633 &bl->target_info);
1634 else
1635 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1636 &bl->target_info);
1637 }
1638 else
1639 {
1640 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1641 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1642 return 0;
1643 }
1644 }
1645
1646 if (val)
1647 {
1648 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1649 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
1650 {
1651 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1652 val = 0;
1653 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
1654 if (!*disabled_breaks)
1655 {
1656 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1657 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1658 bl->owner->number);
1659 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1660 "Temporarily disabling shared "
1661 "library breakpoints:\n");
1662 }
1663 *disabled_breaks = 1;
1664 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1665 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
1666 }
1667 else
1668 {
1669 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1670 {
1671 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1672 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1673 "Cannot insert hardware "
1674 "breakpoint %d.\n",
1675 bl->owner->number);
1676 }
1677 else
1678 {
1679 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1680 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1681 bl->owner->number);
1682 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1683 "Error accessing memory address ");
1684 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
1685 tmp_error_stream);
1686 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1687 safe_strerror (val));
1688 }
1689
1690 }
1691 }
1692 else
1693 bl->inserted = 1;
1694
1695 return val;
1696 }
1697
1698 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1699 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1700 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1701 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1702 {
1703 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1704 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1705
1706 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1707
1708 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
1709 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
1710 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
1711 {
1712 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1713
1714 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
1715 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
1716 of this one. */
1717 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1718 if (loc != bl
1719 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
1720 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
1721 {
1722 bl->duplicate = 1;
1723 bl->inserted = 1;
1724 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
1725 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1726 val = 0;
1727 break;
1728 }
1729
1730 if (val == 1)
1731 {
1732 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1733 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1734
1735 if (val)
1736 /* Back to the original value. */
1737 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
1738 }
1739 }
1740
1741 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1742 }
1743
1744 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
1745 {
1746 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1747 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1748
1749 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1750 if (val)
1751 {
1752 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1753
1754 if (val == 1)
1755 warning (_("\
1756 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
1757 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
1758 else
1759 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
1760 }
1761
1762 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1763
1764 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1765 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1766 so just return success. */
1767 return 0;
1768 }
1769
1770 return 0;
1771 }
1772
1773 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1774 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1775 PSPACE anymore. */
1776
1777 void
1778 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
1779 {
1780 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
1781 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1782
1783 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1784 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
1785 {
1786 if (b->pspace == pspace)
1787 delete_breakpoint (b);
1788 }
1789
1790 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1791 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1792 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1793 {
1794 struct bp_location *tmp;
1795
1796 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
1797 {
1798 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1799 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
1800 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
1801 else
1802 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
1803 if (tmp->next == loc)
1804 {
1805 tmp->next = loc->next;
1806 break;
1807 }
1808 }
1809 }
1810
1811 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1812 removed locations above. */
1813 update_global_location_list (0);
1814 }
1815
1816 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1817 Throws exception on any error.
1818 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1819 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1820 void
1821 insert_breakpoints (void)
1822 {
1823 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1824
1825 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1826 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1827 update_watchpoint (bpt, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1828
1829 update_global_location_list (1);
1830
1831 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1832 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1833 now. */
1834 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1835 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1836 }
1837
1838 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1839 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1840 Both return zero if successful,
1841 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1842
1843 static void
1844 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1845 {
1846 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1847 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
1848 int error = 0;
1849 int val = 0;
1850 int disabled_breaks = 0;
1851 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
1852
1853 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1854 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1855
1856 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1857 there was an error. */
1858 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
1859
1860 save_current_space_and_thread ();
1861
1862 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
1863 {
1864 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
1865 continue;
1866
1867 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
1868 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
1869 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1870 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
1871 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
1872 continue;
1873
1874 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
1875
1876 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
1877 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
1878 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
1879 insert breakpoints. */
1880 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
1881 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
1882 continue;
1883
1884 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
1885 &hw_breakpoint_error);
1886 if (val)
1887 error = val;
1888 }
1889
1890 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
1891 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1892 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1893 {
1894 int some_failed = 0;
1895 struct bp_location *loc;
1896
1897 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1898 continue;
1899
1900 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
1901 continue;
1902
1903 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1904 continue;
1905
1906 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1907 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
1908 {
1909 some_failed = 1;
1910 break;
1911 }
1912 if (some_failed)
1913 {
1914 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1915 if (loc->inserted)
1916 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
1917
1918 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1919 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1920 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1921 bpt->number);
1922 error = -1;
1923 }
1924 }
1925
1926 if (error)
1927 {
1928 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1929 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1930 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
1931 {
1932 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1933 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1934 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1935 }
1936 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1937 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
1938 }
1939
1940 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1941 }
1942
1943 int
1944 remove_breakpoints (void)
1945 {
1946 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
1947 int val = 0;
1948
1949 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
1950 {
1951 if (bl->inserted)
1952 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
1953 }
1954 return val;
1955 }
1956
1957 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
1958
1959 int
1960 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
1961 {
1962 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
1963 int val;
1964 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
1965
1966 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
1967 {
1968 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
1969 continue;
1970
1971 if (bl->inserted)
1972 {
1973 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
1974 if (val != 0)
1975 return val;
1976 }
1977 }
1978 return 0;
1979 }
1980
1981 int
1982 remove_hw_watchpoints (void)
1983 {
1984 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
1985 int val = 0;
1986
1987 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
1988 {
1989 if (bl->inserted && bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
1990 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
1991 }
1992 return val;
1993 }
1994
1995 int
1996 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
1997 {
1998 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1999 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2000 int val;
2001 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2002 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0;
2003 struct inferior *inf;
2004 struct thread_info *tp;
2005
2006 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2007 if (tp == NULL)
2008 return 1;
2009
2010 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2011 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2012
2013 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2014
2015 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2016 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2017
2018 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2019 {
2020 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2021 continue;
2022
2023 if (bl->inserted)
2024 {
2025 bl->inserted = 0;
2026 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2);
2027 if (val != 0)
2028 {
2029 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2030 return val;
2031 }
2032 }
2033 }
2034 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2035 return 0;
2036 }
2037
2038 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
2039
2040 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2041 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2042 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2043 Otherwis the breakpoint number will be populated from
2044 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2045 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2046 static void
2047 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
2048 {
2049 if (internal)
2050 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2051 else
2052 {
2053 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
2054 b->number = breakpoint_count;
2055 }
2056 }
2057
2058 static struct breakpoint *
2059 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
2060 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type)
2061 {
2062 struct symtab_and_line sal;
2063 struct breakpoint *b;
2064
2065 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
2066
2067 sal.pc = address;
2068 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
2069 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
2070
2071 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type);
2072 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2073 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
2074
2075 return b;
2076 }
2077
2078 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
2079 {
2080 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
2081 };
2082 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
2083
2084 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
2085 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
2086 {
2087 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
2088 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
2089
2090 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
2091 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
2092
2093 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
2094 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
2095
2096 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
2097 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
2098 };
2099
2100 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
2101
2102 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
2103 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
2104
2105 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
2106
2107 static int
2108 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
2109 {
2110 return msym == &msym_not_found;
2111 }
2112
2113 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
2114 Allocate the data if necessary. */
2115
2116 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
2117 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
2118 {
2119 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2120
2121 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
2122 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
2123 {
2124 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
2125 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2126
2127 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2128 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
2129 }
2130 return bp_objfile_data;
2131 }
2132
2133 static void
2134 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
2135 {
2136 struct objfile *objfile;
2137 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
2138
2139 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2140 {
2141 struct breakpoint *b;
2142 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2143 CORE_ADDR addr;
2144
2145 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2146
2147 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
2148 continue;
2149
2150 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
2151 {
2152 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2153
2154 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2155 if (m == NULL)
2156 {
2157 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
2158 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
2159 continue;
2160 }
2161 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
2162 }
2163
2164 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
2165 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2166 bp_overlay_event);
2167 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2168
2169 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
2170 {
2171 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
2172 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
2173 }
2174 else
2175 {
2176 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2177 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
2178 }
2179 }
2180 update_global_location_list (1);
2181 }
2182
2183 static void
2184 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
2185 {
2186 struct program_space *pspace;
2187 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2188
2189 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2190
2191 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2192 {
2193 struct objfile *objfile;
2194
2195 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2196
2197 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2198 {
2199 int i;
2200 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2201 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2202
2203 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2204 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
2205 continue;
2206
2207 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2208
2209 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
2210 {
2211 struct breakpoint *b;
2212 const char *func_name;
2213 CORE_ADDR addr;
2214
2215 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
2216 continue;
2217
2218 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
2219 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
2220 {
2221 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2222
2223 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2224 if (m == NULL)
2225 {
2226 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2227 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
2228 continue;
2229 }
2230 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
2231 }
2232
2233 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
2234 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master);
2235 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2236 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2237 }
2238 }
2239 }
2240 update_global_location_list (1);
2241
2242 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2243 }
2244
2245 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
2246 static void
2247 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
2248 {
2249 struct program_space *pspace;
2250 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2251 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
2252
2253 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2254
2255 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2256 {
2257 struct objfile *objfile;
2258 CORE_ADDR addr;
2259
2260 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2261
2262 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2263 {
2264 struct breakpoint *b;
2265 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2266
2267 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2268
2269 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
2270 continue;
2271
2272 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
2273 {
2274 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2275
2276 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2277 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
2278 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
2279 {
2280 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2281 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
2282 continue;
2283 }
2284 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
2285 }
2286
2287 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
2288 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2289 bp_std_terminate_master);
2290 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2291 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2292 }
2293 }
2294
2295 update_global_location_list (1);
2296
2297 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2298 }
2299
2300 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
2301
2302 void
2303 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
2304 {
2305 struct objfile *objfile;
2306 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
2307
2308 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2309 {
2310 struct breakpoint *b;
2311 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2312 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2313 CORE_ADDR addr;
2314
2315 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2316
2317 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
2318 continue;
2319
2320 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2321
2322 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
2323 {
2324 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
2325
2326 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2327 if (debug_hook == NULL)
2328 {
2329 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
2330 continue;
2331 }
2332
2333 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
2334 }
2335
2336 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
2337 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
2338 &current_target);
2339 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master);
2340 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2341 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2342 }
2343
2344 update_global_location_list (1);
2345 }
2346
2347 void
2348 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
2349 {
2350 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2351 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
2352
2353 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
2354 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
2355 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
2356 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
2357 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
2358 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
2359 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
2360 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
2361 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
2362 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
2363 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
2364
2365 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2366 {
2367 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
2368 continue;
2369
2370 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2371 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
2372 {
2373 delete_breakpoint (b);
2374 continue;
2375 }
2376
2377 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2378 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
2379 {
2380 delete_breakpoint (b);
2381 continue;
2382 }
2383
2384 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
2385 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
2386 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
2387 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
2388 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
2389 {
2390 delete_breakpoint (b);
2391 continue;
2392 }
2393
2394 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
2395 if (b->type == bp_step_resume)
2396 {
2397 delete_breakpoint (b);
2398 continue;
2399 }
2400
2401 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
2402 after an exec. */
2403 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
2404 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
2405 {
2406 delete_breakpoint (b);
2407 continue;
2408 }
2409
2410 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
2411 {
2412 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
2413 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
2414 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
2415 a new method, and call this method from here. */
2416 continue;
2417 }
2418
2419 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
2420 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
2421 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
2422 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
2423 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
2424 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
2425
2426 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
2427 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
2428 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
2429 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
2430 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
2431 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
2432 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
2433
2434 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
2435 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
2436 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
2437 let finish_command delete it.
2438
2439 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
2440 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
2441 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
2442 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
2443 solib breakpoints.) */
2444
2445 if (b->type == bp_finish)
2446 {
2447 continue;
2448 }
2449
2450 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
2451 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
2452 a.out. */
2453 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
2454 {
2455 delete_breakpoint (b);
2456 continue;
2457 }
2458 }
2459 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
2460 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
2461 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
2462 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
2463 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
2464 }
2465
2466 int
2467 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
2468 {
2469 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2470 int val = 0;
2471 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2472 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
2473
2474 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2475 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2476
2477 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
2478 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
2479 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2480 {
2481 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2482 continue;
2483
2484 if (bl->inserted)
2485 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
2486 }
2487
2488 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
2489 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
2490
2491 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2492 return val;
2493 }
2494
2495 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
2496 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2497 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2498 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2499 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
2500
2501 static int
2502 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2503 {
2504 int val;
2505
2506 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2507 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2508
2509 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2510 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2511 return 0;
2512
2513 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2514 This should not ever happen. */
2515 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2516
2517 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2518 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2519 {
2520 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2521 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2522 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2523
2524 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2525 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2526 || bl->section == NULL
2527 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2528 {
2529 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2530
2531 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2532 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
2533 else
2534 val = target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
2535 }
2536 else
2537 {
2538 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2539 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2540 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2541 {
2542 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2543 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2544 */
2545 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2546 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2547 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2548 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2549 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2550 else
2551 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2552 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2553 }
2554 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2555 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2556 if (bl->inserted)
2557 {
2558 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2559 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2560 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2561 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2562 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2563 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2564 &bl->target_info);
2565
2566 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2567 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2568 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2569 else if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2570 val = target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2571 &bl->target_info);
2572 else
2573 val = 0;
2574 }
2575 else
2576 {
2577 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2578 val = 0;
2579 }
2580 }
2581
2582 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2583 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2584 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2585 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2586 val = 0;
2587
2588 if (val)
2589 return val;
2590 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2591 }
2592 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2593 {
2594 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2595 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2596
2597 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2598 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2599
2600 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2601 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
2602 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2603 bl->owner->number);
2604 }
2605 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
2606 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2607 && !bl->duplicate)
2608 {
2609 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2610 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2611
2612 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2613 if (val)
2614 return val;
2615
2616 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2617 }
2618
2619 return 0;
2620 }
2621
2622 static int
2623 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2624 {
2625 int ret;
2626 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2627
2628 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2629 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2630
2631 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2632 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2633 return 0;
2634
2635 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2636 This should not ever happen. */
2637 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2638
2639 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
2640
2641 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2642
2643 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
2644
2645 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2646 return ret;
2647 }
2648
2649 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2650
2651 void
2652 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2653 {
2654 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2655
2656 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2657 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
2658 bl->inserted = 0;
2659 }
2660
2661 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2662 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2663
2664 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2665 between runs.
2666
2667 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2668 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2669 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2670
2671
2672
2673 void
2674 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
2675 {
2676 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2677 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2678 int ix;
2679 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
2680
2681 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2682 nothing to do. */
2683 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))
2684 return;
2685
2686 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2687 {
2688 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2689 if (bl->pspace == pspace
2690 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
2691 bl->inserted = 0;
2692 }
2693
2694 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2695 {
2696 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
2697 continue;
2698
2699 switch (b->type)
2700 {
2701 case bp_call_dummy:
2702
2703 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2704 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
2705 rid of it. */
2706
2707 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2708
2709 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2710
2711 case bp_shlib_event:
2712
2713 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
2714 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
2715 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
2716 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
2717 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
2718
2719 (gdb) file prog-linux
2720 (gdb) run # native linux target
2721 ...
2722 (gdb) kill
2723 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
2724 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
2725 */
2726
2727 delete_breakpoint (b);
2728 break;
2729
2730 case bp_watchpoint:
2731 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2732 case bp_read_watchpoint:
2733 case bp_access_watchpoint:
2734
2735 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2736 if (b->exp_valid_block != NULL)
2737 delete_breakpoint (b);
2738 else if (context == inf_starting)
2739 {
2740 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
2741 insert_breakpoints. */
2742 if (b->val)
2743 value_free (b->val);
2744 b->val = NULL;
2745 b->val_valid = 0;
2746 }
2747 break;
2748 default:
2749 break;
2750 }
2751 }
2752
2753 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2754 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
2755 decref_bp_location (&bl);
2756 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
2757 }
2758
2759 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2760 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2761 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2762 match, not program space. */
2763
2764 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2765 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2766 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2767 permanent breakpoint.
2768 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2769 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2770 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
2771 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2772 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2773
2774 enum breakpoint_here
2775 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2776 {
2777 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2778 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
2779
2780 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2781 {
2782 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2783 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2784 continue;
2785
2786 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2787 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2788 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2789 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
2790 aspace, pc))
2791 {
2792 if (overlay_debugging
2793 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2794 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2795 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2796 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2797 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
2798 else
2799 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
2800 }
2801 }
2802
2803 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
2804 }
2805
2806 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2807
2808 int
2809 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2810 {
2811 struct bp_location *loc;
2812 int ix;
2813
2814 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
2815 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc->pspace->aspace, loc->address,
2816 aspace, pc))
2817 return 1;
2818
2819 return 0;
2820 }
2821
2822 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2823 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
2824 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
2825 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2826
2827 int
2828 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
2829 CORE_ADDR pc)
2830 {
2831 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2832
2833 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2834 {
2835 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2836 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2837 continue;
2838
2839 if (bl->inserted
2840 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
2841 aspace, pc))
2842 {
2843 if (overlay_debugging
2844 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2845 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2846 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2847 else
2848 return 1;
2849 }
2850 }
2851 return 0;
2852 }
2853
2854 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2855 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2856
2857 int
2858 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2859 {
2860 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2861 return 1;
2862
2863 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2864 return 1;
2865
2866 return 0;
2867 }
2868
2869 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
2870 inserted at PC. */
2871
2872 int
2873 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
2874 CORE_ADDR pc)
2875 {
2876 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2877
2878 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2879 {
2880 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
2881 continue;
2882
2883 if (bl->inserted
2884 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
2885 aspace, pc))
2886 {
2887 if (overlay_debugging
2888 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2889 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2890 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2891 else
2892 return 1;
2893 }
2894 }
2895
2896 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
2897 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2898 return 1;
2899
2900 return 0;
2901 }
2902
2903 int
2904 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
2905 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
2906 {
2907 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2908
2909 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2910 {
2911 struct bp_location *loc;
2912
2913 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
2914 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
2915 continue;
2916
2917 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2918 continue;
2919
2920 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2921 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
2922 {
2923 CORE_ADDR l, h;
2924
2925 /* Check for intersection. */
2926 l = max (loc->address, addr);
2927 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
2928 if (l < h)
2929 return 1;
2930 }
2931 }
2932 return 0;
2933 }
2934
2935 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
2936 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
2937
2938 int
2939 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
2940 ptid_t ptid)
2941 {
2942 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2943 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
2944 int thread = -1;
2945 int task = 0;
2946
2947 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2948 {
2949 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2950 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2951 continue;
2952
2953 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2954 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2955 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
2956 continue;
2957
2958 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
2959 aspace, pc))
2960 continue;
2961
2962 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
2963 {
2964 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2965 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
2966 it is now time to do so. */
2967 if (thread == -1)
2968 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
2969 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
2970 continue;
2971 }
2972
2973 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
2974 {
2975 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2976 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
2977 it is now time to do so. */
2978 if (task == 0)
2979 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
2980 if (bl->owner->task != task)
2981 continue;
2982 }
2983
2984 if (overlay_debugging
2985 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2986 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2987 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2988
2989 return 1;
2990 }
2991
2992 return 0;
2993 }
2994 \f
2995
2996 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
2997 in breakpoint.h. */
2998
2999 int
3000 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
3001 {
3002 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
3003 }
3004
3005 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
3006 'next' chain. */
3007
3008 static void
3009 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
3010 {
3011 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3012 value_free (bs->old_val);
3013 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3014 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
3015 xfree (bs);
3016 }
3017
3018 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
3019 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
3020
3021 void
3022 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
3023 {
3024 bpstat p;
3025 bpstat q;
3026
3027 if (bsp == 0)
3028 return;
3029 p = *bsp;
3030 while (p != NULL)
3031 {
3032 q = p->next;
3033 bpstat_free (p);
3034 p = q;
3035 }
3036 *bsp = NULL;
3037 }
3038
3039 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
3040 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
3041
3042 bpstat
3043 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
3044 {
3045 bpstat p = NULL;
3046 bpstat tmp;
3047 bpstat retval = NULL;
3048
3049 if (bs == NULL)
3050 return bs;
3051
3052 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3053 {
3054 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
3055 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
3056 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
3057 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
3058 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3059 {
3060 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
3061 release_value (tmp->old_val);
3062 }
3063
3064 if (p == NULL)
3065 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
3066 retval = tmp;
3067 else
3068 p->next = tmp;
3069 p = tmp;
3070 }
3071 p->next = NULL;
3072 return retval;
3073 }
3074
3075 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
3076
3077 bpstat
3078 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
3079 {
3080 if (bsp == NULL)
3081 return NULL;
3082
3083 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
3084 {
3085 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
3086 return bsp;
3087 }
3088 return NULL;
3089 }
3090
3091 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
3092 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
3093 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
3094 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3095
3096 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3097 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3098 we set it.
3099 Return 1 otherwise. */
3100
3101 int
3102 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
3103 {
3104 struct breakpoint *b;
3105
3106 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
3107 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
3108
3109 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
3110 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
3111 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
3112 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
3113 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
3114 if (b == NULL)
3115 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3116
3117 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
3118 return 1;
3119 }
3120
3121 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
3122
3123 void
3124 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs)
3125 {
3126 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3127 {
3128 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3129 bs->commands_left = NULL;
3130 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3131 {
3132 value_free (bs->old_val);
3133 bs->old_val = NULL;
3134 }
3135 }
3136 }
3137
3138 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3139
3140 static void
3141 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3142 {
3143 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3144 {
3145 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
3146
3147 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3148 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3149 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3150 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3151 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
3152 return;
3153 }
3154
3155 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
3156 }
3157
3158 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
3159 command. */
3160 static void
3161 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
3162 {
3163 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
3164 }
3165
3166 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
3167 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
3168 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
3169 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3170
3171 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3172 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3173 bpstat of the current thread. */
3174
3175 static int
3176 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
3177 {
3178 bpstat bs;
3179 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3180 int again = 0;
3181
3182 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3183 in bs->commands. */
3184 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
3185 return 0;
3186
3187 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
3188 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
3189
3190 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3191 bs = *bsp;
3192
3193 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
3194 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3195 {
3196 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
3197 struct command_line *cmd;
3198 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
3199
3200 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3201
3202 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3203 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3204 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3205 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3206 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3207 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3208 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3209 the tree when we're done. */
3210 ccmd = bs->commands;
3211 bs->commands = NULL;
3212 this_cmd_tree_chain
3213 = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
3214 cmd = bs->commands_left;
3215 bs->commands_left = NULL;
3216
3217 while (cmd != NULL)
3218 {
3219 execute_control_command (cmd);
3220
3221 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3222 break;
3223 else
3224 cmd = cmd->next;
3225 }
3226
3227 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3228 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
3229
3230 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3231 {
3232 if (target_can_async_p ())
3233 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
3234 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
3235 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
3236 ;
3237 else
3238 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
3239 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
3240 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
3241 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
3242 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
3243 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
3244 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
3245 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
3246 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
3247 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
3248 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
3249 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
3250 with the new stop_bpstat. */
3251 again = 1;
3252 break;
3253 }
3254 }
3255 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3256 return again;
3257 }
3258
3259 void
3260 bpstat_do_actions (void)
3261 {
3262 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
3263 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
3264 && target_has_execution
3265 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
3266 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
3267 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
3268 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
3269 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
3270 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
3271 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
3272 break;
3273 }
3274
3275 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
3276
3277 static void
3278 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
3279 {
3280 if (val == NULL)
3281 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
3282 else
3283 {
3284 struct value_print_options opts;
3285 get_user_print_options (&opts);
3286 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
3287 }
3288 }
3289
3290 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
3291 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
3292 by having it set different print_it values.
3293
3294 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
3295 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
3296 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
3297 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
3298 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
3299
3300 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
3301 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
3302 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
3303 don't print anything else.
3304 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
3305 that something to be followed by a location.
3306 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
3307 that something to be followed by a location.
3308 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
3309 analysis. */
3310
3311 static enum print_stop_action
3312 print_it_typical (bpstat bs)
3313 {
3314 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3315 struct breakpoint *b;
3316 const struct bp_location *bl;
3317 struct ui_stream *stb;
3318 int bp_temp = 0;
3319 enum print_stop_action result;
3320
3321 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
3322
3323 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
3324 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3325
3326 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
3327 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
3328
3329 switch (b->type)
3330 {
3331 case bp_breakpoint:
3332 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3333 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
3334 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
3335 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
3336 bl->address,
3337 b->number, 1);
3338 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
3339 if (bp_temp)
3340 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
3341 else
3342 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
3343 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3344 {
3345 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
3346 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
3347 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
3348 }
3349 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
3350 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
3351 result = PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
3352 break;
3353
3354 case bp_shlib_event:
3355 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
3356 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
3357 to shlib event" message.) */
3358 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
3359 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3360 break;
3361
3362 case bp_thread_event:
3363 /* Not sure how we will get here.
3364 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
3365 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3366 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3367 break;
3368
3369 case bp_overlay_event:
3370 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
3371 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3372 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3373 break;
3374
3375 case bp_longjmp_master:
3376 /* These should never be enabled. */
3377 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3378 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3379 break;
3380
3381 case bp_std_terminate_master:
3382 /* These should never be enabled. */
3383 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
3384 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
3385 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3386 break;
3387
3388 case bp_exception_master:
3389 /* These should never be enabled. */
3390 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
3391 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
3392 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3393 break;
3394
3395 case bp_watchpoint:
3396 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3397 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
3398 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3399 ui_out_field_string
3400 (uiout, "reason",
3401 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
3402 mention (b);
3403 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
3404 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
3405 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
3406 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
3407 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
3408 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
3409 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
3410 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3411 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
3412 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3413 break;
3414
3415 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3416 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3417 ui_out_field_string
3418 (uiout, "reason",
3419 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
3420 mention (b);
3421 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
3422 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
3423 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
3424 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
3425 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3426 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3427 break;
3428
3429 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3430 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3431 {
3432 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
3433 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3434 ui_out_field_string
3435 (uiout, "reason",
3436 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
3437 mention (b);
3438 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
3439 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
3440 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
3441 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
3442 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
3443 }
3444 else
3445 {
3446 mention (b);
3447 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3448 ui_out_field_string
3449 (uiout, "reason",
3450 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
3451 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
3452 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
3453 }
3454 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
3455 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
3456 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3457 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3458 break;
3459
3460 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
3461 here. */
3462
3463 case bp_finish:
3464 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3465 ui_out_field_string
3466 (uiout, "reason",
3467 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
3468 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3469 break;
3470
3471 case bp_until:
3472 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3473 ui_out_field_string
3474 (uiout, "reason",
3475 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
3476 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3477 break;
3478
3479 case bp_none:
3480 case bp_longjmp:
3481 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3482 case bp_exception:
3483 case bp_exception_resume:
3484 case bp_step_resume:
3485 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3486 case bp_call_dummy:
3487 case bp_std_terminate:
3488 case bp_tracepoint:
3489 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
3490 case bp_jit_event:
3491 default:
3492 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3493 break;
3494 }
3495
3496 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3497 return result;
3498 }
3499
3500 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3501 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3502 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3503 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3504 normal_stop(). */
3505
3506 static enum print_stop_action
3507 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
3508 {
3509 switch (bs->print_it)
3510 {
3511 case print_it_noop:
3512 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3513 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3514 break;
3515
3516 case print_it_done:
3517 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3518 relevant messages. */
3519 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
3520 break;
3521
3522 case print_it_normal:
3523 {
3524 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3525
3526 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3527 which has since been deleted. */
3528 if (b == NULL)
3529 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3530
3531 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
3532 print_it_typical. */
3533 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_it != NULL)
3534 return b->ops->print_it (b);
3535 else
3536 return print_it_typical (bs);
3537 }
3538 break;
3539
3540 default:
3541 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3542 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3543 break;
3544 }
3545 }
3546
3547 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3548 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3549 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
3550 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3551 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3552 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3553 routine is one of:
3554
3555 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
3556 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3557 code to print the location. An example is
3558 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3559 the location.
3560 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3561 to also print the location part of the message.
3562 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3563 don't require a location appended to the end.
3564 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3565 further info to be printed. */
3566
3567 enum print_stop_action
3568 bpstat_print (bpstat bs)
3569 {
3570 int val;
3571
3572 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3573 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3574 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3575 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3576 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
3577 {
3578 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
3579 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3580 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3581 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
3582 return val;
3583 }
3584
3585 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3586 with and nothing was printed. */
3587 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3588 }
3589
3590 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
3591 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3592 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
3593 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
3594
3595 static int
3596 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
3597 {
3598 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
3599 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
3600
3601 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3602 return i;
3603 }
3604
3605 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
3606
3607 static bpstat
3608 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
3609 {
3610 bpstat bs;
3611
3612 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
3613 bs->next = NULL;
3614 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
3615 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
3616 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
3617 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
3618 incref_bp_location (bl);
3619 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3620 bs->commands = NULL;
3621 bs->commands_left = NULL;
3622 bs->old_val = NULL;
3623 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
3624 return bs;
3625 }
3626 \f
3627 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3628 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3629
3630 int
3631 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
3632 {
3633 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3634 CORE_ADDR addr;
3635 struct breakpoint *b;
3636
3637 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
3638 {
3639 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3640 as not triggered. */
3641 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3642 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3643 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3644
3645 return 0;
3646 }
3647
3648 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
3649 {
3650 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3651 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3652 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3653 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3654 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
3655
3656 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
3657 }
3658
3659 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3660 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3661 triggered. */
3662
3663 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3664 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3665 {
3666 struct bp_location *loc;
3667
3668 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3669 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3670 /* Exact match not required. Within range is
3671 sufficient. */
3672 if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
3673 addr, loc->address,
3674 loc->length))
3675 {
3676 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3677 break;
3678 }
3679 }
3680
3681 return 1;
3682 }
3683
3684 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3685 because of check_errors). */
3686 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3687 #define WP_DELETED 1
3688 /* The value has changed. */
3689 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3690 /* The value has not changed. */
3691 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3692 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
3693 #define WP_IGNORE 4
3694
3695 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3696 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3697
3698 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
3699 changed.
3700
3701 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3702 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3703
3704 static int
3705 watchpoint_check (void *p)
3706 {
3707 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
3708 struct breakpoint *b;
3709 struct frame_info *fr;
3710 int within_current_scope;
3711
3712 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
3713 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
3714 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3715
3716 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3717 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3718 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3719 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
3720 return WP_IGNORE;
3721
3722 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
3723 within_current_scope = 1;
3724 else
3725 {
3726 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
3727 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
3728 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
3729
3730 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
3731 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
3732 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
3733 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
3734 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
3735 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
3736 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
3737 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
3738 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
3739 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
3740 return WP_IGNORE;
3741
3742 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
3743 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
3744
3745 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3746 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3747 if (within_current_scope)
3748 {
3749 struct symbol *function;
3750
3751 function = get_frame_function (fr);
3752 if (function == NULL
3753 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
3754 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
3755 within_current_scope = 0;
3756 }
3757
3758 if (within_current_scope)
3759 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3760 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3761 the user. */
3762 select_frame (fr);
3763 }
3764
3765 if (within_current_scope)
3766 {
3767 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
3768 time before we return to the command level and call
3769 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
3770 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3771
3772 int pc = 0;
3773 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
3774 struct value *new_val;
3775
3776 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
3777
3778 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
3779 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
3780 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
3781 not what we want. */
3782 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
3783 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
3784 {
3785 if (new_val != NULL)
3786 {
3787 release_value (new_val);
3788 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3789 }
3790 bs->old_val = b->val;
3791 b->val = new_val;
3792 b->val_valid = 1;
3793 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3794 }
3795 else
3796 {
3797 /* Nothing changed. */
3798 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3799 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
3800 }
3801 }
3802 else
3803 {
3804 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3805 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3806 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3807 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3808 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3809 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3810 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3811 the first value assigned). */
3812 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
3813 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
3814 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
3815 information here. */
3816 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3817 ui_out_field_string
3818 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
3819 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
3820 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->number);
3821 ui_out_text (uiout,
3822 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3823 which its expression is valid.\n");
3824
3825 if (b->related_breakpoint)
3826 {
3827 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3828 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = NULL;
3829 b->related_breakpoint = NULL;
3830 }
3831 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3832
3833 return WP_DELETED;
3834 }
3835 }
3836
3837 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3838 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
3839 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3840 static int
3841 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
3842 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
3843 {
3844 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
3845
3846 /* BL is from existing struct breakpoint. */
3847 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3848
3849 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
3850 tracepoints. */
3851 if (is_tracepoint (b))
3852 return 0;
3853
3854 if (!is_watchpoint (b)
3855 && b->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint
3856 && b->type != bp_catchpoint) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
3857 {
3858 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3859 aspace, bp_addr))
3860 return 0;
3861 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
3862 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3863 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3864 return 0;
3865 }
3866
3867 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
3868 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
3869 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
3870 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
3871 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
3872 (did not match the data address). */
3873
3874 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
3875 && b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
3876 return 0;
3877
3878 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
3879 {
3880 if (bl->address != bp_addr)
3881 return 0;
3882 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
3883 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3884 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3885 return 0;
3886 }
3887
3888 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3889 {
3890 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->breakpoint_hit != NULL);
3891 if (!b->ops->breakpoint_hit (b))
3892 return 0;
3893 }
3894
3895 return 1;
3896 }
3897
3898 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
3899 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
3900 to 0. */
3901 static void
3902 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
3903 {
3904 const struct bp_location *bl;
3905 struct breakpoint *b;
3906
3907 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3908 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
3909 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
3910 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3911 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3912
3913 if (is_watchpoint (b))
3914 {
3915 int must_check_value = 0;
3916
3917 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint)
3918 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3919 watched value. */
3920 must_check_value = 1;
3921 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
3922 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3923 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3924 this watchpoint. */
3925 must_check_value = 1;
3926 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
3927 && b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
3928 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3929 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3930 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3931 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3932 must_check_value = 1;
3933
3934 if (must_check_value)
3935 {
3936 char *message
3937 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3938 b->number);
3939 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
3940 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
3941 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
3942 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3943 switch (e)
3944 {
3945 case WP_DELETED:
3946 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3947 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
3948 /* Stop. */
3949 break;
3950 case WP_IGNORE:
3951 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3952 bs->stop = 0;
3953 break;
3954 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
3955 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
3956 {
3957 /* There are two cases to consider here:
3958
3959 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
3960 In that case, trust the target, and always report
3961 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
3962 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
3963 have changed since the last time it was read, and
3964 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
3965 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
3966 old value.
3967
3968 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
3969 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
3970 happen:
3971
3972 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
3973 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
3974 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
3975 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
3976
3977 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
3978 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
3979 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
3980 watchpoint.
3981
3982 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
3983 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
3984 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
3985 changes. This still gives false positives when
3986 the program writes the same value to memory as
3987 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
3988 it for a read), but it's much better than
3989 nothing. */
3990
3991 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
3992
3993 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
3994 {
3995 struct breakpoint *other_b;
3996
3997 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
3998 if ((other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
3999 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4000 && (other_b->watchpoint_triggered
4001 == watch_triggered_yes))
4002 {
4003 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4004 break;
4005 }
4006 }
4007
4008 if (other_write_watchpoint
4009 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4010 {
4011 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4012 and the value changed since the last time we
4013 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4014 Ignore it. */
4015 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4016 bs->stop = 0;
4017 }
4018 }
4019 break;
4020 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4021 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4022 || b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4023 {
4024 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4025 the value hasn't changed. */
4026 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4027 bs->stop = 0;
4028 }
4029 /* Stop. */
4030 break;
4031 default:
4032 /* Can't happen. */
4033 case 0:
4034 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4035 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->number);
4036 if (b->related_breakpoint)
4037 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
4038 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
4039 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4040 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4041 break;
4042 }
4043 }
4044 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4045 {
4046 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4047 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4048 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4049 anything for this watchpoint. */
4050 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4051 bs->stop = 0;
4052 }
4053 }
4054 }
4055
4056
4057 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4058 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4059 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4060
4061 static void
4062 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
4063 {
4064 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4065 const struct bp_location *bl;
4066 struct breakpoint *b;
4067
4068 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4069 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4070 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4071 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4072 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4073
4074 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
4075 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
4076 bs->stop = 0;
4077 else if (bs->stop)
4078 {
4079 int value_is_zero = 0;
4080 struct expression *cond;
4081
4082 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
4083 method implemented. */
4084 if (b->py_bp_object)
4085 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
4086
4087 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4088 cond = b->cond_exp;
4089 else
4090 cond = bl->cond;
4091
4092 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
4093 {
4094 int within_current_scope = 1;
4095
4096 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
4097 be a long time before we return to the command level and
4098 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
4099 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
4100 function call. */
4101 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4102
4103 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
4104 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
4105 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
4106 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
4107 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
4108 call site. */
4109 if (!is_watchpoint (b) || b->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
4110 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
4111 else
4112 {
4113 struct frame_info *frame;
4114
4115 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
4116 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
4117 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
4118 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
4119 really matter which instantiation of the function
4120 where the condition makes sense triggers the
4121 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
4122 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
4123 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
4124 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4125 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
4126 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4127 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
4128 intuitive. */
4129 frame = block_innermost_frame (b->cond_exp_valid_block);
4130 if (frame != NULL)
4131 select_frame (frame);
4132 else
4133 within_current_scope = 0;
4134 }
4135 if (within_current_scope)
4136 value_is_zero
4137 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
4138 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4139 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4140 else
4141 {
4142 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4143 "in the current scope"));
4144 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4145 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
4146 value_is_zero = 0;
4147 }
4148 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
4149 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4150 }
4151
4152 if (cond && value_is_zero)
4153 {
4154 bs->stop = 0;
4155 }
4156 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
4157 {
4158 bs->stop = 0;
4159 }
4160 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
4161 {
4162 b->ignore_count--;
4163 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4164 bs->stop = 0;
4165 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
4166 ++(b->hit_count);
4167 }
4168 }
4169 }
4170
4171
4172 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4173 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4174
4175 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4176 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
4177 that:
4178
4179 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4180
4181 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4182
4183 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4184 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4185 several reasons concurrently.)
4186
4187 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4188 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4189
4190 bpstat
4191 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
4192 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid)
4193 {
4194 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
4195 struct bp_location *bl;
4196 struct bp_location *loc;
4197 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
4198 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
4199 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4200 bpstat bs;
4201 int ix;
4202 int need_remove_insert;
4203 int removed_any;
4204
4205 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
4206 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
4207 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
4208 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
4209 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
4210 inferior function calls. */
4211
4212 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4213 {
4214 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4215 continue;
4216
4217 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
4218 {
4219 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
4220 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
4221 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
4222 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
4223 checked all locations already. */
4224 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
4225 break;
4226
4227 if (bl->shlib_disabled)
4228 continue;
4229
4230 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr))
4231 continue;
4232
4233 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
4234 matches. */
4235
4236 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
4237 explain stop. */
4238
4239 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
4240 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
4241 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
4242 bs->stop = 1;
4243 bs->print = 1;
4244
4245 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
4246 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
4247 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
4248 iteration. */
4249 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
4250 b->related_breakpoint->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4251 }
4252 }
4253
4254 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4255 {
4256 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc->pspace->aspace, loc->address,
4257 aspace, bp_addr))
4258 {
4259 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
4260 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4261 bs->stop = 0;
4262 bs->print = 0;
4263 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4264 }
4265 }
4266
4267 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
4268 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
4269 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
4270
4271 removed_any = 0;
4272
4273 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4274 {
4275 if (!bs->stop)
4276 continue;
4277
4278 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
4279 if (!bs->stop)
4280 continue;
4281
4282 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4283
4284 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
4285 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master
4286 || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
4287 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
4288 /* We do not stop for these. */
4289 bs->stop = 0;
4290 else
4291 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
4292
4293 if (bs->stop)
4294 {
4295 ++(b->hit_count);
4296
4297 /* We will stop here. */
4298 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
4299 {
4300 if (b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4301 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4302 removed_any = 1;
4303 }
4304 if (b->silent)
4305 bs->print = 0;
4306 bs->commands = b->commands;
4307 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
4308 bs->commands_left = bs->commands ? bs->commands->commands : NULL;
4309 if (bs->commands_left
4310 && (strcmp ("silent", bs->commands_left->line) == 0
4311 || (xdb_commands
4312 && strcmp ("Q",
4313 bs->commands_left->line) == 0)))
4314 {
4315 bs->commands_left = bs->commands_left->next;
4316 bs->print = 0;
4317 }
4318 }
4319
4320 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or dont print. */
4321 if (bs->stop == 0 || bs->print == 0)
4322 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4323 }
4324
4325 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4326 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4327 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4328 done later. */
4329 need_remove_insert = 0;
4330 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
4331 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4332 if (!bs->stop
4333 && bs->breakpoint_at
4334 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
4335 {
4336 update_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4337 need_remove_insert = 1;
4338 }
4339
4340 if (need_remove_insert)
4341 update_global_location_list (1);
4342 else if (removed_any)
4343 update_global_location_list (0);
4344
4345 return bs_head;
4346 }
4347
4348 static void
4349 handle_jit_event (void)
4350 {
4351 struct frame_info *frame;
4352 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
4353
4354 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4355 breakpoint_re_set. */
4356 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4357
4358 frame = get_current_frame ();
4359 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4360
4361 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
4362
4363 target_terminal_inferior ();
4364 }
4365
4366 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
4367
4368 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
4369
4370 struct bpstat_what
4371 bpstat_what (bpstat bs)
4372 {
4373 struct bpstat_what retval;
4374 /* We need to defer calling `solib_add', as adding new symbols
4375 resets breakpoints, which in turn deletes breakpoint locations,
4376 and hence may clear unprocessed entries in the BS chain. */
4377 int shlib_event = 0;
4378 int jit_event = 0;
4379
4380 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4381 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
4382 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
4383
4384 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4385 {
4386 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
4387 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
4388 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4389 enum bptype bptype;
4390
4391 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4392 {
4393 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
4394 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
4395 bptype = bp_none;
4396 }
4397 else if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4398 bptype = bp_none;
4399 else
4400 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
4401
4402 switch (bptype)
4403 {
4404 case bp_none:
4405 break;
4406 case bp_breakpoint:
4407 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4408 case bp_until:
4409 case bp_finish:
4410 if (bs->stop)
4411 {
4412 if (bs->print)
4413 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4414 else
4415 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4416 }
4417 else
4418 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4419 break;
4420 case bp_watchpoint:
4421 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4422 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4423 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4424 if (bs->stop)
4425 {
4426 if (bs->print)
4427 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4428 else
4429 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4430 }
4431 else
4432 {
4433 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4434 This requires no further action. */
4435 }
4436 break;
4437 case bp_longjmp:
4438 case bp_exception:
4439 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4440 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp;
4441 break;
4442 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4443 case bp_exception_resume:
4444 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4445 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
4446 break;
4447 case bp_step_resume:
4448 if (bs->stop)
4449 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
4450 else
4451 {
4452 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4453 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4454 }
4455 break;
4456 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4457 case bp_thread_event:
4458 case bp_overlay_event:
4459 case bp_longjmp_master:
4460 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4461 case bp_exception_master:
4462 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4463 break;
4464 case bp_catchpoint:
4465 if (bs->stop)
4466 {
4467 if (bs->print)
4468 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4469 else
4470 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4471 }
4472 else
4473 {
4474 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4475 This requires no further action. */
4476 }
4477 break;
4478 case bp_shlib_event:
4479 shlib_event = 1;
4480
4481 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB
4482 of events. This allows the user to get control and place
4483 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically
4484 loaded objects (among other things). */
4485 if (stop_on_solib_events)
4486 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4487 else
4488 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4489 break;
4490 case bp_jit_event:
4491 jit_event = 1;
4492 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4493 break;
4494 case bp_call_dummy:
4495 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4496 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4497 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
4498 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4499 break;
4500 case bp_std_terminate:
4501 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4502 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4503 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
4504 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4505 break;
4506 case bp_tracepoint:
4507 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4508 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4509 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
4510 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
4511 out already. */
4512 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4513 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
4514 default:
4515 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4516 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
4517 }
4518
4519 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
4520 }
4521
4522 if (shlib_event)
4523 {
4524 if (debug_infrun)
4525 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_shlib_event\n");
4526
4527 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed
4528 to be adding them automatically. */
4529
4530 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4531 breakpoint_re_set. */
4532 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4533
4534 #ifdef SOLIB_ADD
4535 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4536 #else
4537 solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4538 #endif
4539
4540 target_terminal_inferior ();
4541 }
4542
4543 if (jit_event)
4544 {
4545 if (debug_infrun)
4546 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
4547
4548 handle_jit_event ();
4549 }
4550
4551 return retval;
4552 }
4553
4554 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
4555 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
4556 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
4557
4558 int
4559 bpstat_should_step (void)
4560 {
4561 struct breakpoint *b;
4562
4563 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4564 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
4565 return 1;
4566 return 0;
4567 }
4568
4569 int
4570 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
4571 {
4572 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4573 if (bs->stop)
4574 return 1;
4575
4576 return 0;
4577 }
4578
4579 \f
4580
4581 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
4582 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
4583 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
4584
4585 static char *
4586 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
4587 {
4588 static char wrap_indent[80];
4589 int i, total_width, width, align;
4590 char *text;
4591
4592 total_width = 0;
4593 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
4594 {
4595 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
4596 {
4597 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
4598 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
4599 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
4600
4601 return wrap_indent;
4602 }
4603
4604 total_width += width + 1;
4605 }
4606
4607 return NULL;
4608 }
4609
4610 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
4611
4612 static void
4613 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4614 struct bp_location *loc)
4615 {
4616 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
4617
4618 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
4619 loc = NULL;
4620
4621 if (loc != NULL)
4622 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
4623
4624 if (b->source_file && loc)
4625 {
4626 struct symbol *sym
4627 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
4628 if (sym)
4629 {
4630 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
4631 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
4632 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
4633 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
4634 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
4635 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
4636 }
4637 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", b->source_file);
4638 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
4639
4640 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4641 {
4642 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
4643 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
4644
4645 if (fullname)
4646 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
4647 }
4648
4649 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", b->line_number);
4650 }
4651 else if (loc)
4652 {
4653 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
4654 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
4655
4656 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb->stream,
4657 demangle, "");
4658 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
4659
4660 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
4661 }
4662 else
4663 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
4664
4665 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4666 }
4667
4668 static const char *
4669 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
4670 {
4671 struct ep_type_description
4672 {
4673 enum bptype type;
4674 char *description;
4675 };
4676 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
4677 {
4678 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
4679 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
4680 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
4681 {bp_until, "until"},
4682 {bp_finish, "finish"},
4683 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
4684 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
4685 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
4686 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
4687 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
4688 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
4689 {bp_exception, "exception"},
4690 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
4691 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
4692 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
4693 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
4694 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
4695 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
4696 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
4697 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
4698 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
4699 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
4700 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
4701 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
4702 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
4703 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
4704 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
4705 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
4706 };
4707
4708 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
4709 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
4710 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4711 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4712 (int) type);
4713
4714 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
4715 }
4716
4717 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4718
4719 static void
4720 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4721 struct bp_location *loc,
4722 int loc_number,
4723 struct bp_location **last_loc,
4724 int allflag)
4725 {
4726 struct command_line *l;
4727 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
4728 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
4729
4730 int header_of_multiple = 0;
4731 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
4732 struct value_print_options opts;
4733
4734 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4735
4736 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
4737 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
4738 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
4739 if (loc == NULL
4740 && (b->loc != NULL
4741 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
4742 header_of_multiple = 1;
4743 if (loc == NULL)
4744 loc = b->loc;
4745
4746 annotate_record ();
4747 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
4748
4749 /* 1 */
4750 annotate_field (0);
4751 if (part_of_multiple)
4752 {
4753 char *formatted;
4754 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
4755 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
4756 xfree (formatted);
4757 }
4758 else
4759 {
4760 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4761 }
4762
4763 /* 2 */
4764 annotate_field (1);
4765 if (part_of_multiple)
4766 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
4767 else
4768 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
4769
4770 /* 3 */
4771 annotate_field (2);
4772 if (part_of_multiple)
4773 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
4774 else
4775 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
4776
4777
4778 /* 4 */
4779 annotate_field (3);
4780 if (part_of_multiple)
4781 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
4782 else
4783 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
4784 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
4785 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
4786
4787
4788 /* 5 and 6 */
4789 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
4790 {
4791 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
4792 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
4793 make sure there's just one location. */
4794 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
4795 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
4796 }
4797 else
4798 switch (b->type)
4799 {
4800 case bp_none:
4801 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4802 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4803 break;
4804
4805 case bp_watchpoint:
4806 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4807 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4808 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4809 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4810 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4811 is relatively readable). */
4812 if (opts.addressprint)
4813 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4814 annotate_field (5);
4815 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exp_string);
4816 break;
4817
4818 case bp_breakpoint:
4819 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4820 case bp_until:
4821 case bp_finish:
4822 case bp_longjmp:
4823 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4824 case bp_exception:
4825 case bp_exception_resume:
4826 case bp_step_resume:
4827 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4828 case bp_call_dummy:
4829 case bp_std_terminate:
4830 case bp_shlib_event:
4831 case bp_thread_event:
4832 case bp_overlay_event:
4833 case bp_longjmp_master:
4834 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4835 case bp_exception_master:
4836 case bp_tracepoint:
4837 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4838 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4839 case bp_jit_event:
4840 if (opts.addressprint)
4841 {
4842 annotate_field (4);
4843 if (header_of_multiple)
4844 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4845 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
4846 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4847 else
4848 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
4849 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
4850 }
4851 annotate_field (5);
4852 if (!header_of_multiple)
4853 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
4854 if (b->loc)
4855 *last_loc = b->loc;
4856 break;
4857 }
4858
4859
4860 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4861 are several. */
4862 if (loc != NULL
4863 && !header_of_multiple
4864 && (allflag
4865 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
4866 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4867 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4868 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
4869 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
4870 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
4871 {
4872 struct inferior *inf;
4873 int first = 1;
4874
4875 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
4876 {
4877 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
4878 {
4879 if (first)
4880 {
4881 first = 0;
4882 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
4883 }
4884 else
4885 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
4886 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
4887 }
4888 }
4889 }
4890
4891 if (!part_of_multiple)
4892 {
4893 if (b->thread != -1)
4894 {
4895 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4896 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4897 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
4898 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
4899 }
4900 else if (b->task != 0)
4901 {
4902 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
4903 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
4904 }
4905 }
4906
4907 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4908
4909 if (!part_of_multiple && b->static_trace_marker_id)
4910 {
4911 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
4912
4913 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
4914 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
4915 b->static_trace_marker_id);
4916 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4917 }
4918
4919 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
4920 {
4921 annotate_field (6);
4922 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
4923 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
4924 the frame ID. */
4925 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
4926 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
4927 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4928 }
4929
4930 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string && !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b))
4931 {
4932 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
4933 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
4934 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
4935 annotate_field (7);
4936 if (is_tracepoint (b))
4937 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
4938 else
4939 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
4940 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
4941 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4942 }
4943
4944 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
4945 {
4946 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
4947 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
4948 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
4949 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4950 }
4951
4952 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
4953 {
4954 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
4955 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
4956 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
4957 else
4958 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
4959 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
4960 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
4961 if (b->hit_count == 1)
4962 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
4963 else
4964 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
4965 }
4966
4967 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
4968 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
4969 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4970 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
4971 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
4972
4973 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
4974 {
4975 annotate_field (8);
4976 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
4977 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
4978 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
4979 }
4980
4981 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
4982 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
4983 {
4984 struct cleanup *script_chain;
4985
4986 annotate_field (9);
4987 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
4988 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
4989 do_cleanups (script_chain);
4990 }
4991
4992 if (!part_of_multiple && b->pass_count)
4993 {
4994 annotate_field (10);
4995 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
4996 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", b->pass_count);
4997 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
4998 }
4999
5000 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
5001 {
5002 if (b->addr_string)
5003 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
5004 else if (b->exp_string)
5005 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->exp_string);
5006 }
5007
5008 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
5009 }
5010
5011 static void
5012 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
5013 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5014 int allflag)
5015 {
5016 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
5017
5018 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
5019 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
5020 locations, if any. */
5021 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
5022 {
5023 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
5024 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
5025 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
5026 situation.
5027
5028 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
5029 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
5030 if (b->loc
5031 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
5032 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled)
5033 && !ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5034 {
5035 struct bp_location *loc;
5036 int n = 1;
5037 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
5038 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
5039 }
5040 }
5041 }
5042
5043 static int
5044 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
5045 {
5046 int print_address_bits = 0;
5047 struct bp_location *loc;
5048
5049 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
5050 {
5051 int addr_bit;
5052
5053 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
5054 an address to print. */
5055 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
5056 continue;
5057
5058 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
5059 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5060 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5061 }
5062
5063 return print_address_bits;
5064 }
5065
5066 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
5067 {
5068 int bnum;
5069 };
5070
5071 static int
5072 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
5073 {
5074 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
5075 struct breakpoint *b;
5076 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
5077
5078 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5079 {
5080 if (args->bnum == b->number)
5081 {
5082 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
5083 return GDB_RC_OK;
5084 }
5085 }
5086 return GDB_RC_NONE;
5087 }
5088
5089 enum gdb_rc
5090 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
5091 char **error_message)
5092 {
5093 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
5094
5095 args.bnum = bnum;
5096 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
5097 an error. */
5098 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
5099 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
5100 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
5101 else
5102 return GDB_RC_OK;
5103 }
5104
5105 /* Return non-zero if B is user settable (breakpoints, watchpoints,
5106 catchpoints, et.al.). */
5107
5108 static int
5109 user_settable_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
5110 {
5111 return (b->type == bp_breakpoint
5112 || b->type == bp_catchpoint
5113 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
5114 || is_tracepoint (b)
5115 || is_watchpoint (b));
5116 }
5117
5118 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
5119 internal or momentary. */
5120
5121 int
5122 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
5123 {
5124 return user_settable_breakpoint (b) && b->number > 0;
5125 }
5126
5127 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
5128 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
5129 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
5130 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
5131 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
5132 breakpoints listed. */
5133
5134 static int
5135 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
5136 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
5137 {
5138 struct breakpoint *b;
5139 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
5140 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
5141 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
5142 struct value_print_options opts;
5143 int print_address_bits = 0;
5144 int print_type_col_width = 14;
5145
5146 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5147
5148 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
5149 required for address fields. */
5150 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
5151 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5152 {
5153 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5154 if (filter && !filter (b))
5155 continue;
5156
5157 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5158 accept. Skip the others. */
5159 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5160 {
5161 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5162 continue;
5163 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5164 continue;
5165 }
5166
5167 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5168 {
5169 int addr_bit, type_len;
5170
5171 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
5172 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5173 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5174
5175 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
5176 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
5177 print_type_col_width = type_len;
5178
5179 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
5180 }
5181 }
5182
5183 if (opts.addressprint)
5184 bkpttbl_chain
5185 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
5186 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5187 "BreakpointTable");
5188 else
5189 bkpttbl_chain
5190 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
5191 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5192 "BreakpointTable");
5193
5194 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5195 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
5196 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5197 annotate_field (0);
5198 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
5199 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5200 annotate_field (1);
5201 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
5202 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
5203 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5204 annotate_field (2);
5205 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
5206 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5207 annotate_field (3);
5208 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
5209 if (opts.addressprint)
5210 {
5211 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5212 annotate_field (4);
5213 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
5214 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
5215 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5216 else
5217 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
5218 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5219 }
5220 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5221 annotate_field (5);
5222 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
5223 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
5224 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5225 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
5226
5227 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5228 {
5229 QUIT;
5230 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5231 if (filter && !filter (b))
5232 continue;
5233
5234 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5235 accept. Skip the others. */
5236
5237 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5238 {
5239 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
5240 {
5241 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5242 continue;
5243 }
5244 else /* all others */
5245 {
5246 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5247 continue;
5248 }
5249 }
5250 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
5251 allflag is set. */
5252 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5253 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
5254 }
5255
5256 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
5257
5258 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
5259 {
5260 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
5261 empty list. */
5262 if (!filter)
5263 {
5264 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5265 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
5266 else
5267 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
5268 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
5269 args);
5270 }
5271 }
5272 else
5273 {
5274 if (last_loc && !server_command)
5275 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
5276 }
5277
5278 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
5279 there have been breakpoints? */
5280 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
5281
5282 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
5283 }
5284
5285 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
5286 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
5287
5288 static void
5289 default_collect_info (void)
5290 {
5291 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
5292 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
5293 not wanted. */
5294 if (!*default_collect)
5295 return;
5296
5297 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
5298 actions. */
5299 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
5300 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
5301 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5302 }
5303
5304 static void
5305 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5306 {
5307 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
5308
5309 default_collect_info ();
5310 }
5311
5312 static void
5313 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5314 {
5315 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
5316
5317 if (num_printed == 0)
5318 {
5319 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5320 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
5321 else
5322 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
5323 }
5324 }
5325
5326 static void
5327 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
5328 {
5329 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
5330
5331 default_collect_info ();
5332 }
5333
5334 static int
5335 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
5336 struct program_space *pspace,
5337 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
5338 {
5339 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
5340
5341 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
5342 {
5343 if (bl->pspace == pspace
5344 && bl->address == pc
5345 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
5346 return 1;
5347 }
5348 return 0;
5349 }
5350
5351 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. This
5352 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
5353 address spaces. */
5354
5355 static void
5356 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5357 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
5358 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
5359 {
5360 int others = 0;
5361 struct breakpoint *b;
5362
5363 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5364 others += breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section);
5365 if (others > 0)
5366 {
5367 if (others == 1)
5368 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
5369 else /* if (others == ???) */
5370 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
5371 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5372 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
5373 {
5374 others--;
5375 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
5376 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
5377 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
5378 else if (b->thread != -1)
5379 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
5380 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
5381 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
5382 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled
5383 || b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled)
5384 ? " (disabled)"
5385 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
5386 ? " (permanent)"
5387 : ""),
5388 (others > 1) ? ","
5389 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
5390 }
5391 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
5392 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
5393 printf_filtered (".\n");
5394 }
5395 }
5396 \f
5397 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
5398 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
5399
5400 void
5401 set_default_breakpoint (int valid, struct program_space *pspace,
5402 CORE_ADDR addr, struct symtab *symtab,
5403 int line)
5404 {
5405 default_breakpoint_valid = valid;
5406 default_breakpoint_pspace = pspace;
5407 default_breakpoint_address = addr;
5408 default_breakpoint_symtab = symtab;
5409 default_breakpoint_line = line;
5410 }
5411
5412 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
5413 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
5414 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
5415 (or use it for any other purpose either).
5416
5417 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
5418 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
5419 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
5420 breakpoint at address zero:
5421
5422 bp_watchpoint
5423 bp_catchpoint
5424
5425 */
5426
5427 static int
5428 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5429 {
5430 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
5431
5432 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
5433 }
5434
5435 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
5436 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
5437
5438 static int
5439 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5440 struct bp_location *loc2)
5441 {
5442 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5443 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
5444 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
5445
5446 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
5447 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
5448 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
5449 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
5450 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
5451 other watchpoint. */
5452 if ((loc1->owner->cond_exp
5453 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
5454 loc1->length,
5455 loc1->watchpoint_type,
5456 loc1->owner->cond_exp))
5457 || (loc2->owner->cond_exp
5458 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
5459 loc2->length,
5460 loc2->watchpoint_type,
5461 loc2->owner->cond_exp)))
5462 return 0;
5463
5464 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
5465 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
5466 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
5467 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
5468 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
5469 become hw_access locations later. */
5470 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
5471 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
5472 && loc1->address == loc2->address
5473 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5474 }
5475
5476 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
5477 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
5478 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
5479 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5480
5481 static int
5482 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5483 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
5484 {
5485 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5486 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5487 && addr1 == addr2);
5488 }
5489
5490 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
5491 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
5492 represent the same location. */
5493
5494 static int
5495 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5496 struct bp_location *loc2)
5497 {
5498 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
5499
5500 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5501 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
5502 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
5503
5504 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
5505 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
5506
5507 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
5508 return 0;
5509 else if (hw_point1)
5510 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
5511 else
5512 return breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
5513 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address);
5514 }
5515
5516 static void
5517 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
5518 int bnum, int have_bnum)
5519 {
5520 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
5521 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
5522 char astr1[64];
5523 char astr2[64];
5524
5525 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
5526 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
5527 if (have_bnum)
5528 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
5529 bnum, astr1, astr2);
5530 else
5531 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
5532 }
5533
5534 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
5535 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
5536 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
5537 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
5538
5539 static CORE_ADDR
5540 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5541 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
5542 {
5543 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
5544 {
5545 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
5546 return bpaddr;
5547 }
5548 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
5549 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5550 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
5551 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
5552 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
5553 {
5554 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
5555 have their addresses modified. */
5556 return bpaddr;
5557 }
5558 else
5559 {
5560 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
5561
5562 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
5563 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
5564 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
5565
5566 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
5567 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
5568 is required. */
5569 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
5570 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
5571
5572 return adjusted_bpaddr;
5573 }
5574 }
5575
5576 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
5577
5578 static struct bp_location *
5579 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5580 {
5581 struct bp_location *loc;
5582
5583 loc = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location));
5584 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
5585
5586 loc->owner = bpt;
5587 loc->cond = NULL;
5588 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
5589 loc->enabled = 1;
5590
5591 switch (bpt->type)
5592 {
5593 case bp_breakpoint:
5594 case bp_until:
5595 case bp_finish:
5596 case bp_longjmp:
5597 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5598 case bp_exception:
5599 case bp_exception_resume:
5600 case bp_step_resume:
5601 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5602 case bp_call_dummy:
5603 case bp_std_terminate:
5604 case bp_shlib_event:
5605 case bp_thread_event:
5606 case bp_overlay_event:
5607 case bp_jit_event:
5608 case bp_longjmp_master:
5609 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5610 case bp_exception_master:
5611 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
5612 break;
5613 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5614 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
5615 break;
5616 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5617 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5618 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5619 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
5620 break;
5621 case bp_watchpoint:
5622 case bp_catchpoint:
5623 case bp_tracepoint:
5624 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5625 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5626 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
5627 break;
5628 default:
5629 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
5630 }
5631
5632 loc->refc = 1;
5633 return loc;
5634 }
5635
5636 static void
5637 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
5638 {
5639 if (loc->cond)
5640 xfree (loc->cond);
5641
5642 if (loc->function_name)
5643 xfree (loc->function_name);
5644
5645 xfree (loc);
5646 }
5647
5648 /* Increment reference count. */
5649
5650 static void
5651 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
5652 {
5653 ++bl->refc;
5654 }
5655
5656 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
5657 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
5658
5659 static void
5660 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
5661 {
5662 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
5663
5664 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
5665 free_bp_location (*blp);
5666 *blp = NULL;
5667 }
5668
5669 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint that has
5670 type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
5671 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
5672 static. */
5673
5674 static struct breakpoint *
5675 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5676 enum bptype bptype)
5677 {
5678 struct breakpoint *b, *b1;
5679
5680 b = (struct breakpoint *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint));
5681 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
5682
5683 b->type = bptype;
5684 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
5685 b->language = current_language->la_language;
5686 b->input_radix = input_radix;
5687 b->thread = -1;
5688 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5689 b->next = 0;
5690 b->silent = 0;
5691 b->ignore_count = 0;
5692 b->commands = NULL;
5693 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
5694 b->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
5695 b->exec_pathname = NULL;
5696 b->syscalls_to_be_caught = NULL;
5697 b->ops = NULL;
5698 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
5699 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
5700
5701 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
5702 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
5703
5704 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
5705 if (b1 == 0)
5706 breakpoint_chain = b;
5707 else
5708 {
5709 while (b1->next)
5710 b1 = b1->next;
5711 b1->next = b;
5712 }
5713 return b;
5714 }
5715
5716 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
5717 static void
5718 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc)
5719 {
5720 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
5721
5722 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
5723 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
5724 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
5725 {
5726 find_pc_partial_function (loc->address, &(loc->function_name),
5727 NULL, NULL);
5728 if (loc->function_name)
5729 loc->function_name = xstrdup (loc->function_name);
5730 }
5731 }
5732
5733 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
5734 static struct gdbarch *
5735 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
5736 {
5737 if (sal.section)
5738 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
5739 if (sal.symtab)
5740 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
5741
5742 return NULL;
5743 }
5744
5745 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
5746 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
5747 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
5748 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
5749 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
5750 is also returned as the value of this function.
5751
5752 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5753 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5754 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5755 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
5756 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
5757 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
5758 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5759
5760 struct breakpoint *
5761 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5762 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype)
5763 {
5764 struct breakpoint *b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch,
5765 bptype);
5766 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
5767 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch;
5768
5769 loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
5770 if (!loc_gdbarch)
5771 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
5772
5773 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
5774 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
5775
5776 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
5777 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
5778 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
5779 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
5780 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
5781 location that's only been partially initialized. */
5782 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
5783 sal.pc, b->type);
5784
5785 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
5786 b->loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
5787 b->loc->requested_address = sal.pc;
5788 b->loc->address = adjusted_address;
5789 b->loc->pspace = sal.pspace;
5790
5791 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint, for
5792 breakpoint resetting. */
5793 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
5794
5795 if (sal.symtab == NULL)
5796 b->source_file = NULL;
5797 else
5798 b->source_file = xstrdup (sal.symtab->filename);
5799 b->loc->section = sal.section;
5800 b->line_number = sal.line;
5801
5802 set_breakpoint_location_function (b->loc);
5803
5804 breakpoints_changed ();
5805
5806 return b;
5807 }
5808
5809
5810 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
5811 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
5812 void
5813 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
5814 {
5815 struct bp_location *bl;
5816
5817 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
5818
5819 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
5820 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
5821 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
5822 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
5823 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implmement. */
5824 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5825 bl->inserted = 1;
5826 }
5827
5828 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
5829 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
5830 initiated the operation. */
5831
5832 void
5833 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
5834 {
5835 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5836 int thread = tp->num;
5837
5838 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
5839 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
5840 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
5841 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
5842 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5843 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
5844 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
5845 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
5846 {
5847 struct breakpoint *clone = clone_momentary_breakpoint (b);
5848
5849 clone->type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
5850 clone->thread = thread;
5851 }
5852
5853 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
5854 }
5855
5856 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
5857 void
5858 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
5859 {
5860 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5861
5862 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5863 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
5864 {
5865 if (b->thread == thread)
5866 delete_breakpoint (b);
5867 }
5868 }
5869
5870 void
5871 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5872 {
5873 struct breakpoint *b;
5874
5875 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5876 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
5877 {
5878 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5879 update_global_location_list (1);
5880 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
5881 }
5882 }
5883
5884 void
5885 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5886 {
5887 struct breakpoint *b;
5888
5889 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5890 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
5891 {
5892 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5893 update_global_location_list (0);
5894 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
5895 }
5896 }
5897
5898 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
5899 master breakpoint. */
5900 void
5901 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
5902 {
5903 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5904
5905 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5906 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
5907 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
5908 {
5909 struct breakpoint *clone = clone_momentary_breakpoint (b);
5910 clone->type = bp_std_terminate;
5911 }
5912 }
5913
5914 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
5915 void
5916 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
5917 {
5918 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5919
5920 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5921 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
5922 delete_breakpoint (b);
5923 }
5924
5925 struct breakpoint *
5926 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
5927 {
5928 struct breakpoint *b;
5929
5930 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event);
5931
5932 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5933 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
5934 b->addr_string
5935 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
5936
5937 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5938
5939 return b;
5940 }
5941
5942 void
5943 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
5944 {
5945 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5946
5947 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5948 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
5949 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
5950 delete_breakpoint (b);
5951 }
5952
5953 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
5954 {
5955 char **arg_p;
5956 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals_p;
5957 char ***addr_string_p;
5958 int *not_found_ptr;
5959 };
5960
5961 struct lang_and_radix
5962 {
5963 enum language lang;
5964 int radix;
5965 };
5966
5967 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
5968
5969 struct breakpoint *
5970 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
5971 {
5972 struct breakpoint *b;
5973
5974 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event);
5975 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5976 return b;
5977 }
5978
5979 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
5980
5981 void
5982 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
5983 {
5984 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5985
5986 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5987 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
5988 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
5989 delete_breakpoint (b);
5990 }
5991
5992 void
5993 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
5994 {
5995 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5996
5997 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5998 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
5999 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6000 delete_breakpoint (b);
6001 }
6002
6003 struct breakpoint *
6004 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6005 {
6006 struct breakpoint *b;
6007
6008 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event);
6009 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6010 return b;
6011 }
6012
6013 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
6014 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
6015
6016 void
6017 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
6018 {
6019 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6020
6021 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6022 {
6023 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6024 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6025
6026 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
6027 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
6028 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
6029 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
6030 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
6031 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
6032 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
6033 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6034 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
6035 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
6036 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6037 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
6038 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
6039 #else
6040 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
6041 #endif
6042 )
6043 {
6044 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6045 }
6046 }
6047 }
6048
6049 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in in an unloaded shared library.
6050 Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
6051 disabled. */
6052
6053 static void
6054 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
6055 {
6056 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6057 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
6058
6059 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
6060 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
6061 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
6062 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
6063 if (exec_bfd != NULL
6064 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
6065 return;
6066
6067 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6068 {
6069 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6070 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6071
6072 if ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
6073 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
6074 && solib->pspace == loc->pspace
6075 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6076 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint
6077 || b->type == bp_jit_event
6078 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6079 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
6080 {
6081 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6082 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
6083 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
6084 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
6085 loc->inserted = 0;
6086 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
6087 {
6088 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
6089 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
6090 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
6091 solib->so_name);
6092 }
6093 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
6094 }
6095 }
6096 }
6097
6098 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
6099
6100 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6101 catchpoints. */
6102
6103 static int
6104 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6105 {
6106 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6107 }
6108
6109 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6110 catchpoints. */
6111
6112 static int
6113 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6114 {
6115 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6116 }
6117
6118 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6119 catchpoints. */
6120
6121 static int
6122 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
6123 {
6124 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid, &b->forked_inferior_pid);
6125 }
6126
6127 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6128 catchpoints. */
6129
6130 static enum print_stop_action
6131 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
6132 {
6133 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6134 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
6135 b->number, ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
6136 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6137 }
6138
6139 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6140 catchpoints. */
6141
6142 static void
6143 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6144 {
6145 struct value_print_options opts;
6146
6147 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6148
6149 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6150 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6151 readable). */
6152 if (opts.addressprint)
6153 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6154 annotate_field (5);
6155 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
6156 if (!ptid_equal (b->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6157 {
6158 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6159 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6160 ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
6161 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6162 }
6163 }
6164
6165 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6166 catchpoints. */
6167
6168 static void
6169 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
6170 {
6171 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
6172 }
6173
6174 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6175 catchpoints. */
6176
6177 static void
6178 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6179 {
6180 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
6181 }
6182
6183 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
6184
6185 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops =
6186 {
6187 insert_catch_fork,
6188 remove_catch_fork,
6189 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork,
6190 NULL, /* resources_needed */
6191 print_it_catch_fork,
6192 print_one_catch_fork,
6193 print_mention_catch_fork,
6194 print_recreate_catch_fork
6195 };
6196
6197 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6198 catchpoints. */
6199
6200 static int
6201 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6202 {
6203 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6204 }
6205
6206 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6207 catchpoints. */
6208
6209 static int
6210 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6211 {
6212 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6213 }
6214
6215 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6216 catchpoints. */
6217
6218 static int
6219 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
6220 {
6221 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid, &b->forked_inferior_pid);
6222 }
6223
6224 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6225 catchpoints. */
6226
6227 static enum print_stop_action
6228 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
6229 {
6230 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6231 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
6232 b->number, ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
6233 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6234 }
6235
6236 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6237 catchpoints. */
6238
6239 static void
6240 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6241 {
6242 struct value_print_options opts;
6243
6244 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6245 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6246 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6247 readable). */
6248 if (opts.addressprint)
6249 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6250 annotate_field (5);
6251 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
6252 if (!ptid_equal (b->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6253 {
6254 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6255 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6256 ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
6257 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6258 }
6259 }
6260
6261 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6262 catchpoints. */
6263
6264 static void
6265 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
6266 {
6267 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
6268 }
6269
6270 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6271 catchpoints. */
6272
6273 static void
6274 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6275 {
6276 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
6277 }
6278
6279 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
6280
6281 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops =
6282 {
6283 insert_catch_vfork,
6284 remove_catch_vfork,
6285 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork,
6286 NULL, /* resources_needed */
6287 print_it_catch_vfork,
6288 print_one_catch_vfork,
6289 print_mention_catch_vfork,
6290 print_recreate_catch_vfork
6291 };
6292
6293 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6294 catchpoints. */
6295
6296 static int
6297 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6298 {
6299 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6300
6301 ++inf->total_syscalls_count;
6302 if (!bl->owner->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6303 ++inf->any_syscall_count;
6304 else
6305 {
6306 int i, iter;
6307
6308 for (i = 0;
6309 VEC_iterate (int, bl->owner->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6310 i++)
6311 {
6312 int elem;
6313
6314 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6315 {
6316 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
6317 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
6318 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
6319 uintptr_t vec_addr;
6320 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
6321 vec_addr = (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts) +
6322 vec_addr_offset;
6323 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
6324 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
6325 }
6326 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6327 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
6328 }
6329 }
6330
6331 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6332 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6333 inf->any_syscall_count,
6334 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6335 VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts));
6336 }
6337
6338 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6339 catchpoints. */
6340
6341 static int
6342 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6343 {
6344 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6345
6346 --inf->total_syscalls_count;
6347 if (!bl->owner->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6348 --inf->any_syscall_count;
6349 else
6350 {
6351 int i, iter;
6352
6353 for (i = 0;
6354 VEC_iterate (int, bl->owner->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6355 i++)
6356 {
6357 int elem;
6358 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6359 /* Shouldn't happen. */
6360 continue;
6361 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6362 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
6363 }
6364 }
6365
6366 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6367 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6368 inf->any_syscall_count,
6369 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6370 VEC_address (int,
6371 inf->syscalls_counts));
6372 }
6373
6374 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6375 catchpoints. */
6376
6377 static int
6378 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6379 {
6380 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
6381 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
6382 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
6383 int syscall_number = 0;
6384
6385 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid, &syscall_number))
6386 return 0;
6387
6388 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
6389 if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6390 {
6391 int i, iter;
6392
6393 for (i = 0;
6394 VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6395 i++)
6396 if (syscall_number == iter)
6397 break;
6398 /* Not the same. */
6399 if (!iter)
6400 return 0;
6401 }
6402
6403 return 1;
6404 }
6405
6406 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6407 catchpoints. */
6408
6409 static enum print_stop_action
6410 print_it_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6411 {
6412 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
6413 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6414 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
6415 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
6416 ptid_t ptid;
6417 struct target_waitstatus last;
6418 struct syscall s;
6419 struct cleanup *old_chain;
6420 char *syscall_id;
6421
6422 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
6423
6424 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
6425
6426 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6427
6428 if (s.name == NULL)
6429 syscall_id = xstrprintf ("%d", last.value.syscall_number);
6430 else
6431 syscall_id = xstrprintf ("'%s'", s.name);
6432
6433 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, syscall_id);
6434
6435 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
6436 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (call to syscall %s), "),
6437 b->number, syscall_id);
6438 else if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
6439 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (returned from syscall %s), "),
6440 b->number, syscall_id);
6441
6442 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6443
6444 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6445 }
6446
6447 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6448 catchpoints. */
6449
6450 static void
6451 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
6452 struct bp_location **last_loc)
6453 {
6454 struct value_print_options opts;
6455
6456 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6457 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6458 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6459 readable). */
6460 if (opts.addressprint)
6461 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6462 annotate_field (5);
6463
6464 if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught
6465 && VEC_length (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6466 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
6467 else
6468 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
6469
6470 if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6471 {
6472 int i, iter;
6473 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
6474
6475 for (i = 0;
6476 VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6477 i++)
6478 {
6479 char *x = text;
6480 struct syscall s;
6481 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6482
6483 if (s.name != NULL)
6484 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
6485 else
6486 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
6487
6488 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
6489 because xstrprintf dinamically allocates new space for it
6490 on every call. */
6491 xfree (x);
6492 }
6493 /* Remove the last comma. */
6494 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
6495 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
6496 }
6497 else
6498 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
6499 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
6500 }
6501
6502 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6503 catchpoints. */
6504
6505 static void
6506 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6507 {
6508 if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6509 {
6510 int i, iter;
6511
6512 if (VEC_length (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6513 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
6514 else
6515 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
6516
6517 for (i = 0;
6518 VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6519 i++)
6520 {
6521 struct syscall s;
6522 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6523
6524 if (s.name)
6525 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
6526 else
6527 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
6528 }
6529 printf_filtered (")");
6530 }
6531 else
6532 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
6533 b->number);
6534 }
6535
6536 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6537 catchpoints. */
6538
6539 static void
6540 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6541 {
6542 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
6543
6544 if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6545 {
6546 int i, iter;
6547
6548 for (i = 0;
6549 VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6550 i++)
6551 {
6552 struct syscall s;
6553
6554 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6555 if (s.name)
6556 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
6557 else
6558 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
6559 }
6560 }
6561 }
6562
6563 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
6564
6565 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops =
6566 {
6567 insert_catch_syscall,
6568 remove_catch_syscall,
6569 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall,
6570 NULL, /* resources_needed */
6571 print_it_catch_syscall,
6572 print_one_catch_syscall,
6573 print_mention_catch_syscall,
6574 print_recreate_catch_syscall
6575 };
6576
6577 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
6578
6579 static int
6580 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6581 {
6582 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
6583 }
6584
6585 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it,
6586 but does NOT mention it nor update the global location list.
6587 This is useful if you need to fill more fields in the
6588 struct breakpoint before calling mention.
6589
6590 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
6591 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
6592 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
6593 to the catchpoint. */
6594
6595 static struct breakpoint *
6596 create_catchpoint_without_mention (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
6597 char *cond_string,
6598 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6599 {
6600 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6601 struct breakpoint *b;
6602
6603 init_sal (&sal);
6604 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
6605
6606 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint);
6607 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6608 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6609
6610 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
6611 b->thread = -1;
6612 b->addr_string = NULL;
6613 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6614 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6615 b->ops = ops;
6616
6617 return b;
6618 }
6619
6620 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it.
6621
6622 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
6623 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
6624 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
6625 to the catchpoint. */
6626
6627 static struct breakpoint *
6628 create_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
6629 char *cond_string, struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6630 {
6631 struct breakpoint *b =
6632 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
6633
6634 mention (b);
6635 update_global_location_list (1);
6636
6637 return b;
6638 }
6639
6640 static void
6641 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6642 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6643 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6644 {
6645 struct breakpoint *b
6646 = create_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
6647
6648 /* FIXME: We should put this information in a breakpoint private data
6649 area. */
6650 b->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
6651 }
6652
6653 /* Exec catchpoints. */
6654
6655 static int
6656 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
6657 {
6658 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6659 }
6660
6661 static int
6662 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
6663 {
6664 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6665 }
6666
6667 static int
6668 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6669 {
6670 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid, &b->exec_pathname);
6671 }
6672
6673 static enum print_stop_action
6674 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6675 {
6676 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6677 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b->number,
6678 b->exec_pathname);
6679 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6680 }
6681
6682 static void
6683 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6684 {
6685 struct value_print_options opts;
6686
6687 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6688
6689 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6690 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6691 is relatively readable). */
6692 if (opts.addressprint)
6693 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6694 annotate_field (5);
6695 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
6696 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
6697 {
6698 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
6699 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
6700 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
6701 }
6702 }
6703
6704 static void
6705 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6706 {
6707 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
6708 }
6709
6710 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6711 catchpoints. */
6712
6713 static void
6714 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6715 {
6716 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
6717 }
6718
6719 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops =
6720 {
6721 insert_catch_exec,
6722 remove_catch_exec,
6723 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec,
6724 NULL, /* resources_needed */
6725 print_it_catch_exec,
6726 print_one_catch_exec,
6727 print_mention_catch_exec,
6728 print_recreate_catch_exec
6729 };
6730
6731 static void
6732 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
6733 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6734 {
6735 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
6736 struct breakpoint *b =
6737 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
6738
6739 b->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
6740
6741 /* Now, we have to mention the breakpoint and update the global
6742 location list. */
6743 mention (b);
6744 update_global_location_list (1);
6745 }
6746
6747 static int
6748 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
6749 {
6750 struct breakpoint *b;
6751 int i = 0;
6752
6753 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6754 {
6755 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
6756 i++;
6757 }
6758
6759 return i;
6760 }
6761
6762 static int
6763 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
6764 {
6765 int i = 0;
6766 struct breakpoint *b;
6767 struct bp_location *bl;
6768
6769 *other_type_used = 0;
6770 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6771 {
6772 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
6773 continue;
6774
6775 if (b->type == type)
6776 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6777 {
6778 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
6779 one register. */
6780 if (b->ops && b->ops->resources_needed)
6781 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
6782 else
6783 i++;
6784 }
6785 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
6786 *other_type_used = 1;
6787 }
6788
6789 return i;
6790 }
6791
6792 void
6793 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
6794 {
6795 struct breakpoint *b;
6796
6797 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6798 {
6799 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
6800 {
6801 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
6802 update_global_location_list (0);
6803 }
6804 }
6805 }
6806
6807 void
6808 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
6809 {
6810 struct breakpoint *b;
6811
6812 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6813 {
6814 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6815 {
6816 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6817 update_global_location_list (1);
6818 }
6819 }
6820 }
6821
6822 void
6823 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
6824 {
6825 struct breakpoint *b;
6826 int found = 0;
6827
6828 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6829 {
6830 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
6831 continue;
6832
6833 if ((b->type == bp_breakpoint
6834 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6835 && breakpoint_enabled (b))
6836 {
6837 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled;
6838 found = 1;
6839 }
6840 }
6841
6842 if (found)
6843 update_global_location_list (0);
6844
6845 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
6846 }
6847
6848 void
6849 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
6850 {
6851 struct breakpoint *b;
6852 int found = 0;
6853
6854 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
6855
6856 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6857 {
6858 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
6859 continue;
6860
6861 if ((b->type == bp_breakpoint
6862 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6863 && b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled)
6864 {
6865 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6866 found = 1;
6867 }
6868 }
6869
6870 if (found)
6871 breakpoint_re_set ();
6872 }
6873
6874
6875 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
6876 at address specified by SAL.
6877 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
6878
6879 struct breakpoint *
6880 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
6881 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
6882 {
6883 struct breakpoint *b;
6884
6885 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
6886 one. */
6887 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id));
6888
6889 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type);
6890 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6891 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
6892 b->frame_id = frame_id;
6893
6894 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
6895 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
6896 control. */
6897 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
6898 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
6899
6900 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6901
6902 return b;
6903 }
6904
6905 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
6906 ORIG is NULL. */
6907
6908 struct breakpoint *
6909 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
6910 {
6911 struct breakpoint *copy;
6912
6913 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
6914 if (orig == NULL)
6915 return NULL;
6916
6917 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, orig->type);
6918 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
6919 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc);
6920
6921 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
6922 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
6923 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
6924 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
6925 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
6926
6927 if (orig->source_file == NULL)
6928 copy->source_file = NULL;
6929 else
6930 copy->source_file = xstrdup (orig->source_file);
6931
6932 copy->line_number = orig->line_number;
6933 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
6934 copy->thread = orig->thread;
6935 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
6936
6937 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6938 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
6939 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
6940
6941 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
6942 return copy;
6943 }
6944
6945 struct breakpoint *
6946 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
6947 enum bptype type)
6948 {
6949 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6950
6951 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
6952 sal.pc = pc;
6953 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
6954 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
6955
6956 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
6957 }
6958 \f
6959
6960 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
6961
6962 static void
6963 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
6964 {
6965 int say_where = 0;
6966 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
6967 struct value_print_options opts;
6968
6969 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6970
6971 /* FIXME: This is misplaced; mention() is called by things (like
6972 hitting a watchpoint) other than breakpoint creation. It should
6973 be possible to clean this up and at the same time replace the
6974 random calls to breakpoint_changed with this hook. */
6975 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b->number);
6976
6977 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_mention != NULL)
6978 b->ops->print_mention (b);
6979 else
6980 switch (b->type)
6981 {
6982 case bp_none:
6983 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "),
6984 b->number);
6985 break;
6986 case bp_watchpoint:
6987 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
6988 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
6989 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
6990 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
6991 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
6992 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
6993 break;
6994 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6995 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
6996 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
6997 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
6998 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
6999 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
7000 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
7001 break;
7002 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7003 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
7004 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
7005 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
7006 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
7007 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
7008 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
7009 break;
7010 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7011 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
7012 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
7013 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
7014 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
7015 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
7016 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
7017 break;
7018 case bp_breakpoint:
7019 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7020 {
7021 say_where = 0;
7022 break;
7023 }
7024 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7025 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
7026 else
7027 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
7028 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
7029 say_where = 1;
7030 break;
7031 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7032 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7033 {
7034 say_where = 0;
7035 break;
7036 }
7037 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
7038 say_where = 1;
7039 break;
7040 case bp_tracepoint:
7041 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7042 {
7043 say_where = 0;
7044 break;
7045 }
7046 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
7047 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
7048 say_where = 1;
7049 break;
7050 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
7051 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7052 {
7053 say_where = 0;
7054 break;
7055 }
7056 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
7057 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
7058 say_where = 1;
7059 break;
7060 case bp_static_tracepoint:
7061 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7062 {
7063 say_where = 0;
7064 break;
7065 }
7066 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
7067 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
7068 say_where = 1;
7069 break;
7070
7071 case bp_until:
7072 case bp_finish:
7073 case bp_longjmp:
7074 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7075 case bp_exception:
7076 case bp_exception_resume:
7077 case bp_step_resume:
7078 case bp_call_dummy:
7079 case bp_std_terminate:
7080 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7081 case bp_shlib_event:
7082 case bp_thread_event:
7083 case bp_overlay_event:
7084 case bp_jit_event:
7085 case bp_longjmp_master:
7086 case bp_std_terminate_master:
7087 case bp_exception_master:
7088 break;
7089 }
7090
7091 if (say_where)
7092 {
7093 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
7094 single string. */
7095 if (b->loc == NULL)
7096 {
7097 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
7098 }
7099 else
7100 {
7101 if (opts.addressprint || b->source_file == NULL)
7102 {
7103 printf_filtered (" at ");
7104 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
7105 gdb_stdout);
7106 }
7107 if (b->source_file)
7108 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
7109 b->source_file, b->line_number);
7110
7111 if (b->loc->next)
7112 {
7113 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
7114 int n = 0;
7115 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
7116 ++n;
7117 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
7118 }
7119
7120 }
7121 }
7122 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7123 return;
7124 printf_filtered ("\n");
7125 }
7126 \f
7127
7128 static struct bp_location *
7129 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
7130 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
7131 {
7132 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
7133
7134 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
7135 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
7136 ;
7137 *tmp = loc;
7138 loc->gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
7139 if (!loc->gdbarch)
7140 loc->gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
7141 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
7142 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7143 loc->requested_address, b->type);
7144 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
7145 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
7146 loc->section = sal->section;
7147
7148 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc);
7149 return loc;
7150 }
7151 \f
7152
7153 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
7154 return 0 otherwise. */
7155
7156 static int
7157 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
7158 {
7159 int len;
7160 CORE_ADDR addr;
7161 const gdb_byte *brk;
7162 gdb_byte *target_mem;
7163 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7164 int retval = 0;
7165
7166 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
7167
7168 addr = loc->address;
7169 brk = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
7170
7171 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
7172 if (brk == NULL)
7173 return 0;
7174
7175 target_mem = alloca (len);
7176
7177 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
7178 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
7179 breakpoints they are permanent. */
7180 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
7181
7182 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
7183 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
7184
7185 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
7186 && memcmp (target_mem, brk, len) == 0)
7187 retval = 1;
7188
7189 do_cleanups (cleanup);
7190
7191 return retval;
7192 }
7193
7194
7195
7196 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
7197 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
7198 as condition expression. */
7199
7200 static void
7201 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7202 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
7203 char *cond_string,
7204 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7205 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7206 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7207 int enabled, int internal)
7208 {
7209 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
7210 int i;
7211
7212 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7213 {
7214 int i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7215 int target_resources_ok =
7216 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
7217 i + 1, 0);
7218 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
7219 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7220 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7221 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7222 }
7223
7224 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
7225
7226 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7227 {
7228 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
7229 struct bp_location *loc;
7230
7231 if (from_tty)
7232 {
7233 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
7234 if (!loc_gdbarch)
7235 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
7236
7237 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
7238 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
7239 }
7240
7241 if (i == 0)
7242 {
7243 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type);
7244 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
7245 b->thread = thread;
7246 b->task = task;
7247
7248 b->cond_string = cond_string;
7249 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
7250 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7251 b->disposition = disposition;
7252 b->pspace = sals.sals[0].pspace;
7253
7254 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
7255 {
7256 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
7257
7258 if (is_marker_spec (addr_string))
7259 {
7260 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
7261 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
7262 char *p = &addr_string[3];
7263 char *endp;
7264 char *marker_str;
7265 int i;
7266
7267 p = skip_spaces (p);
7268
7269 endp = skip_to_space (p);
7270
7271 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
7272 b->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
7273
7274 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7275 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
7276 b->static_trace_marker_id);
7277 }
7278 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
7279 {
7280 b->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
7281 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
7282
7283 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7284 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
7285 b->static_trace_marker_id);
7286 }
7287 else
7288 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
7289 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
7290 }
7291
7292 if (enabled && b->pspace->executing_startup
7293 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint
7294 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint))
7295 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled;
7296
7297 loc = b->loc;
7298 }
7299 else
7300 {
7301 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7302 }
7303
7304 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
7305 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
7306
7307 if (b->cond_string)
7308 {
7309 char *arg = b->cond_string;
7310 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
7311 if (*arg)
7312 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
7313 }
7314 }
7315
7316 if (addr_string)
7317 b->addr_string = addr_string;
7318 else
7319 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
7320 me. */
7321 b->addr_string
7322 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7323
7324 b->ops = ops;
7325 if (internal)
7326 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number, but do
7327 notify observers. */
7328 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b->number);
7329 else
7330 mention (b);
7331 }
7332
7333 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
7334 elements to fill the void space. */
7335 static void
7336 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines *sal, int index_to_remove)
7337 {
7338 int i = index_to_remove+1;
7339 int last_index = sal->nelts-1;
7340
7341 for (;i <= last_index; ++i)
7342 sal->sals[i-1] = sal->sals[i];
7343
7344 --(sal->nelts);
7345 }
7346
7347 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond to the same file
7348 and line as SAL, in all program spaces. Users debugging with IDEs,
7349 will want to set a breakpoint at foo.c:line, and not really care
7350 about program spaces. This is done only if SAL does not have
7351 explicit PC and has line and file information. If we got just a
7352 single expanded sal, return the original.
7353
7354 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out all sals for
7355 which the name of enclosing function is different from SAL. This
7356 makes sure that if we have breakpoint originally set in template
7357 instantiation, say foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at
7358 the same line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'. */
7359
7360 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7361 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7362 {
7363 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
7364 CORE_ADDR original_pc = sal.pc;
7365 char *original_function = NULL;
7366 int found;
7367 int i;
7368 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7369
7370 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
7371 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
7372 if (sal.explicit_pc || sal.line == 0 || sal.symtab == NULL)
7373 {
7374 expanded.nelts = 1;
7375 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7376 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
7377 return expanded;
7378 }
7379
7380 sal.pc = 0;
7381
7382 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
7383
7384 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal.pspace);
7385
7386 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc, &original_function, NULL, NULL);
7387
7388 /* Note that expand_line_sal visits *all* program spaces. */
7389 expanded = expand_line_sal (sal);
7390
7391 if (expanded.nelts == 1)
7392 {
7393 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Return that sal, adjusting it
7394 past the function prologue if necessary. */
7395 xfree (expanded.sals);
7396 expanded.nelts = 1;
7397 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7398 sal.pc = original_pc;
7399 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
7400 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded.sals[0]);
7401 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7402 return expanded;
7403 }
7404
7405 if (!sal.explicit_line)
7406 {
7407 CORE_ADDR func_addr, func_end;
7408 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
7409 {
7410 CORE_ADDR pc = expanded.sals[i].pc;
7411 char *this_function;
7412
7413 /* We need to switch threads as well since we're about to
7414 read memory. */
7415 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (expanded.sals[i].pspace);
7416
7417 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc, &this_function,
7418 &func_addr, &func_end))
7419 {
7420 if (this_function
7421 && strcmp (this_function, original_function) != 0)
7422 {
7423 remove_sal (&expanded, i);
7424 --i;
7425 }
7426 }
7427 }
7428 }
7429
7430 /* Skip the function prologue if necessary. */
7431 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
7432 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded.sals[i]);
7433
7434 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7435
7436 if (expanded.nelts <= 1)
7437 {
7438 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero expanded sals
7439 then something is really wrong. Fix that by returning the
7440 original sal. */
7441
7442 xfree (expanded.sals);
7443 expanded.nelts = 1;
7444 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7445 sal.pc = original_pc;
7446 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
7447 return expanded;
7448 }
7449
7450 if (original_pc)
7451 {
7452 found = 0;
7453 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
7454 if (expanded.sals[i].pc == original_pc)
7455 {
7456 found = 1;
7457 break;
7458 }
7459 gdb_assert (found);
7460 }
7461
7462 return expanded;
7463 }
7464
7465 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
7466 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
7467 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
7468 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
7469 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
7470 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
7471 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
7472 we take just a single condition string.
7473
7474 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
7475 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
7476 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
7477 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
7478 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
7479
7480 static void
7481 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7482 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char **addr_string,
7483 char *cond_string,
7484 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7485 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7486 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7487 int enabled, int internal)
7488 {
7489 int i;
7490
7491 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7492 {
7493 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded =
7494 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[i]);
7495
7496 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, expanded, addr_string[i],
7497 cond_string, type, disposition,
7498 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
7499 from_tty, enabled, internal);
7500 }
7501 }
7502
7503 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
7504 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
7505 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
7506 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
7507
7508 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
7509 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
7510
7511 static void
7512 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
7513 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
7514 char ***addr_string,
7515 int *not_found_ptr)
7516 {
7517 char *addr_start = *address;
7518
7519 *addr_string = NULL;
7520 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
7521 breakpoint. */
7522 if ((*address) == NULL
7523 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
7524 {
7525 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
7526 {
7527 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7528
7529 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
7530 sals->sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
7531 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7532 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
7533 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
7534 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
7535 sal.pspace = default_breakpoint_pspace;
7536 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
7537
7538 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
7539 where PC is the default_breakpoint_address. So make sure
7540 to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from trying to
7541 expand the list of sals to include all other instances
7542 with the same symtab and line. */
7543 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7544
7545 sals->sals[0] = sal;
7546 sals->nelts = 1;
7547 }
7548 else
7549 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
7550 }
7551 else
7552 {
7553 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
7554 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
7555 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
7556 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
7557
7558 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
7559 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
7560
7561 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
7562
7563 if (default_breakpoint_valid
7564 && (!cursal.symtab
7565 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
7566 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
7567 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
7568 default_breakpoint_line, addr_string,
7569 not_found_ptr);
7570 else
7571 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
7572 addr_string, not_found_ptr);
7573 }
7574 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
7575 if (sals->nelts > 0 && *addr_string == NULL)
7576 *addr_string = xcalloc (sals->nelts, sizeof (char **));
7577 if (addr_start != (*address))
7578 {
7579 int i;
7580
7581 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7582 {
7583 /* Add the string if not present. */
7584 if ((*addr_string)[i] == NULL)
7585 (*addr_string)[i] = savestring (addr_start,
7586 (*address) - addr_start);
7587 }
7588 }
7589 }
7590
7591
7592 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
7593 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
7594
7595 static void
7596 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7597 {
7598 int i;
7599
7600 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7601 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
7602 }
7603
7604 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
7605 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
7606 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
7607 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
7608 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
7609 it, etc. */
7610
7611 static void
7612 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7613 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7614 {
7615 int i, rslt;
7616 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
7617 char *msg;
7618 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7619
7620 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7621 {
7622 sal = &sals->sals[i];
7623
7624 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (gdbarch, sal->pc,
7625 NULL, &msg);
7626 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
7627
7628 if (!rslt)
7629 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
7630 paddress (gdbarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
7631
7632 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7633 }
7634 }
7635
7636 static void
7637 do_captured_parse_breakpoint (struct ui_out *ui, void *data)
7638 {
7639 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args *args = data;
7640
7641 parse_breakpoint_sals (args->arg_p, args->sals_p, args->addr_string_p,
7642 args->not_found_ptr);
7643 }
7644
7645 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
7646 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
7647 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
7648 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
7649 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
7650 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
7651 static void
7652 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
7653 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task)
7654 {
7655 *cond_string = NULL;
7656 *thread = -1;
7657 while (tok && *tok)
7658 {
7659 char *end_tok;
7660 int toklen;
7661 char *cond_start = NULL;
7662 char *cond_end = NULL;
7663
7664 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
7665
7666 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
7667
7668 toklen = end_tok - tok;
7669
7670 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
7671 {
7672 struct expression *expr;
7673
7674 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
7675 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
7676 xfree (expr);
7677 cond_end = tok;
7678 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
7679 cond_end - cond_start);
7680 }
7681 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
7682 {
7683 char *tmptok;
7684
7685 tok = end_tok + 1;
7686 tmptok = tok;
7687 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7688 if (tok == tmptok)
7689 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
7690 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
7691 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
7692 }
7693 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
7694 {
7695 char *tmptok;
7696
7697 tok = end_tok + 1;
7698 tmptok = tok;
7699 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7700 if (tok == tmptok)
7701 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
7702 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
7703 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
7704 }
7705 else
7706 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7707 }
7708 }
7709
7710 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
7711
7712 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7713 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
7714 {
7715 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
7716 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
7717 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7718 struct symbol *sym;
7719 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7720 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
7721 char *endp;
7722 char *marker_str;
7723 int i;
7724
7725 p = skip_spaces (p);
7726
7727 endp = skip_to_space (p);
7728
7729 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
7730 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
7731
7732 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
7733 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
7734 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
7735
7736 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
7737 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
7738
7739 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
7740 {
7741 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
7742
7743 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
7744
7745 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
7746
7747 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
7748 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
7749
7750 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
7751 }
7752
7753 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7754
7755 *arg_p = endp;
7756 return sals;
7757 }
7758
7759 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
7760 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
7761 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
7762 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
7763 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
7764 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
7765 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
7766 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
7767 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
7768 false otherwise. */
7769
7770 int
7771 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7772 char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread,
7773 int parse_condition_and_thread,
7774 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
7775 int ignore_count,
7776 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
7777 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
7778 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal)
7779 {
7780 struct gdb_exception e;
7781 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
7782 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal;
7783 char *copy_arg;
7784 char *addr_start = arg;
7785 char **addr_string;
7786 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7787 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
7788 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args parse_args;
7789 int i;
7790 int pending = 0;
7791 int not_found = 0;
7792 int task = 0;
7793 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
7794
7795 sals.sals = NULL;
7796 sals.nelts = 0;
7797 addr_string = NULL;
7798
7799 parse_args.arg_p = &arg;
7800 parse_args.sals_p = &sals;
7801 parse_args.addr_string_p = &addr_string;
7802 parse_args.not_found_ptr = &not_found;
7803
7804 if (type_wanted == bp_static_tracepoint && is_marker_spec (arg))
7805 {
7806 int i;
7807
7808 sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg);
7809
7810 copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, arg - addr_start);
7811 addr_string = xcalloc (sals.nelts, sizeof (char **));
7812 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
7813 addr_string[i] = xstrdup (copy_arg);
7814 goto done;
7815 }
7816
7817 e = catch_exception (uiout, do_captured_parse_breakpoint,
7818 &parse_args, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
7819
7820 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
7821 switch (e.reason)
7822 {
7823 case RETURN_QUIT:
7824 throw_exception (e);
7825 case RETURN_ERROR:
7826 switch (e.error)
7827 {
7828 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
7829
7830 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
7831 error. */
7832
7833 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
7834 throw_exception (e);
7835
7836 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
7837
7838 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
7839 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
7840 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
7841 && !nquery (_("Make breakpoint pending on "
7842 "future shared library load? ")))
7843 return 0;
7844
7845 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
7846 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
7847 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
7848 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
7849 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
7850 addr_string = &copy_arg;
7851 sals.nelts = 1;
7852 sals.sals = &pending_sal;
7853 pending_sal.pc = 0;
7854 pending = 1;
7855 break;
7856 default:
7857 throw_exception (e);
7858 }
7859 break;
7860 default:
7861 if (!sals.nelts)
7862 return 0;
7863 }
7864
7865 done:
7866
7867 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
7868 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
7869
7870 if (!pending)
7871 {
7872 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
7873 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
7874
7875 /* Cleanup the addr_string array but not its contents. */
7876 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
7877 }
7878
7879 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
7880 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
7881 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
7882 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
7883 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
7884
7885 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
7886 the bkpt_chain and only occur if the breakpoint create fails. */
7887 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
7888 {
7889 if (addr_string[i] != NULL)
7890 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string[i]);
7891 }
7892
7893 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
7894 are ok for the target. */
7895 if (!pending)
7896 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals);
7897
7898 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
7899 if (type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
7900 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &sals);
7901
7902 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
7903 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
7904 breakpoint. */
7905 if (!pending)
7906 {
7907 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
7908 {
7909 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
7910 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
7911 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
7912 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
7913 cond_string = NULL;
7914 thread = -1;
7915 find_condition_and_thread (arg, sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
7916 &thread, &task);
7917 if (cond_string)
7918 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
7919 }
7920 else
7921 {
7922 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
7923 if (cond_string)
7924 {
7925 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
7926 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
7927 }
7928 }
7929
7930 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
7931 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
7932 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
7933 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
7934 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
7935 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
7936 if (type_wanted == bp_static_tracepoint
7937 && is_marker_spec (addr_string[0]))
7938 {
7939 int i;
7940
7941 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7942 {
7943 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
7944 struct breakpoint *tp;
7945 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7946
7947 expanded.nelts = 1;
7948 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7949 expanded.sals[0] = sals.sals[i];
7950 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, expanded.sals);
7951
7952 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, expanded, addr_string[i],
7953 cond_string, type_wanted,
7954 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
7955 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
7956 from_tty, enabled, internal);
7957
7958 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7959
7960 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
7961 if (internal)
7962 tp = get_breakpoint (internal_breakpoint_number);
7963 else
7964 tp = get_breakpoint (breakpoint_count);
7965 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
7966
7967 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
7968 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
7969 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
7970 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
7971 try to match up which of the newly found markers
7972 corresponds to this one */
7973 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
7974 }
7975 }
7976 else
7977 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, sals, addr_string, cond_string,
7978 type_wanted,
7979 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
7980 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
7981 enabled, internal);
7982 }
7983 else
7984 {
7985 struct breakpoint *b;
7986
7987 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
7988
7989 b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch, type_wanted);
7990 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
7991 b->thread = -1;
7992 b->addr_string = addr_string[0];
7993 b->cond_string = NULL;
7994 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
7995 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
7996 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
7997 b->ops = ops;
7998 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7999 b->pspace = current_program_space;
8000 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
8001
8002 if (enabled && b->pspace->executing_startup
8003 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint
8004 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint))
8005 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled;
8006
8007 if (internal)
8008 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number,
8009 but do notify observers. */
8010 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b->number);
8011 else
8012 mention (b);
8013 }
8014
8015 if (sals.nelts > 1)
8016 {
8017 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
8018 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
8019 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
8020 }
8021
8022 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
8023 breakpoint. */
8024 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
8025 /* But cleanup everything else. */
8026 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8027
8028 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
8029 update_global_location_list (1);
8030
8031 return 1;
8032 }
8033
8034 /* Set a breakpoint.
8035 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
8036 condition, and thread.
8037 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
8038 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
8039 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
8040
8041 static void
8042 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
8043 {
8044 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
8045 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
8046 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
8047 : bp_breakpoint);
8048
8049 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
8050 arg,
8051 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
8052 tempflag, type_wanted,
8053 0 /* Ignore count */,
8054 pending_break_support,
8055 NULL /* breakpoint_ops */,
8056 from_tty,
8057 1 /* enabled */,
8058 0 /* internal */);
8059 }
8060
8061
8062 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
8063
8064 void
8065 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8066 {
8067 CORE_ADDR pc;
8068
8069 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
8070 {
8071 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
8072 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
8073 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
8074 sal->pc = pc;
8075
8076 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
8077 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
8078 if (sal->explicit_line)
8079 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
8080 }
8081
8082 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
8083 {
8084 struct blockvector *bv;
8085 struct block *b;
8086 struct symbol *sym;
8087
8088 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
8089 if (bv != NULL)
8090 {
8091 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
8092 if (sym != NULL)
8093 {
8094 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
8095 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
8096 }
8097 else
8098 {
8099 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
8100 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
8101 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
8102 happen in assembly source). */
8103
8104 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
8105 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8106
8107 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
8108
8109 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
8110 if (msym)
8111 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
8112
8113 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8114 }
8115 }
8116 }
8117 }
8118
8119 void
8120 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8121 {
8122 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8123 }
8124
8125 void
8126 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8127 {
8128 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
8129 }
8130
8131 static void
8132 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8133 {
8134 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
8135 }
8136
8137 static void
8138 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8139 {
8140 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
8141 }
8142
8143 static void
8144 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8145 {
8146 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
8147 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
8148 stop at <line>\n"));
8149 }
8150
8151 static void
8152 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8153 {
8154 int badInput = 0;
8155
8156 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
8157 badInput = 1;
8158 else if (*arg != '*')
8159 {
8160 char *argptr = arg;
8161 int hasColon = 0;
8162
8163 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
8164 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
8165 function/method name. */
8166 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8167 {
8168 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8169 argptr++;
8170 }
8171
8172 if (hasColon)
8173 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
8174 else
8175 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
8176 }
8177
8178 if (badInput)
8179 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
8180 else
8181 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8182 }
8183
8184 static void
8185 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8186 {
8187 int badInput = 0;
8188
8189 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
8190 badInput = 1;
8191 else
8192 {
8193 char *argptr = arg;
8194 int hasColon = 0;
8195
8196 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
8197 it is probably a line number. */
8198 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8199 {
8200 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8201 argptr++;
8202 }
8203
8204 if (hasColon)
8205 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
8206 else
8207 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
8208 }
8209
8210 if (badInput)
8211 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
8212 else
8213 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8214 }
8215
8216 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
8217 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
8218 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
8219 zero. */
8220 static int
8221 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
8222 {
8223 int i = exp->nelts;
8224
8225 while (i > 0)
8226 {
8227 int oplenp, argsp;
8228
8229 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
8230 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
8231 i -= oplenp;
8232
8233 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
8234 {
8235 case BINOP_ADD:
8236 case BINOP_SUB:
8237 case BINOP_MUL:
8238 case BINOP_DIV:
8239 case BINOP_REM:
8240 case BINOP_MOD:
8241 case BINOP_LSH:
8242 case BINOP_RSH:
8243 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
8244 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
8245 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
8246 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
8247 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
8248 case BINOP_EQUAL:
8249 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
8250 case BINOP_LESS:
8251 case BINOP_GTR:
8252 case BINOP_LEQ:
8253 case BINOP_GEQ:
8254 case BINOP_REPEAT:
8255 case BINOP_COMMA:
8256 case BINOP_EXP:
8257 case BINOP_MIN:
8258 case BINOP_MAX:
8259 case BINOP_INTDIV:
8260 case BINOP_CONCAT:
8261 case BINOP_IN:
8262 case BINOP_RANGE:
8263 case TERNOP_COND:
8264 case TERNOP_SLICE:
8265 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT:
8266
8267 case OP_LONG:
8268 case OP_DOUBLE:
8269 case OP_DECFLOAT:
8270 case OP_LAST:
8271 case OP_COMPLEX:
8272 case OP_STRING:
8273 case OP_BITSTRING:
8274 case OP_ARRAY:
8275 case OP_TYPE:
8276 case OP_NAME:
8277 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
8278
8279 case UNOP_NEG:
8280 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
8281 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
8282 case UNOP_ADDR:
8283 case UNOP_HIGH:
8284 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
8285 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
8286 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
8287 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
8288
8289 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
8290 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
8291 ADDR is. */
8292 break;
8293
8294 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
8295 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
8296
8297 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
8298 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
8299 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
8300 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
8301
8302 We also have to check for function symbols because they
8303 are always constant. */
8304 {
8305 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
8306
8307 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
8308 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
8309 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
8310 return 0;
8311 break;
8312 }
8313
8314 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
8315 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
8316 then it is not a constant. */
8317 default:
8318 return 0;
8319 }
8320 }
8321
8322 return 1;
8323 }
8324
8325 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8326
8327 static int
8328 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8329 {
8330 int length = bl->owner->exact? 1 : bl->length;
8331
8332 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8333 bl->owner->cond_exp);
8334 }
8335
8336 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8337
8338 static int
8339 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8340 {
8341 int length = bl->owner->exact? 1 : bl->length;
8342
8343 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8344 bl->owner->cond_exp);
8345 }
8346
8347 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8348 hardware watchpoints. */
8349
8350 static int
8351 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8352 {
8353 int length = bl->owner->exact? 1 : bl->length;
8354
8355 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
8356 }
8357
8358 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
8359
8360 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops =
8361 {
8362 insert_watchpoint,
8363 remove_watchpoint,
8364 NULL, /* breakpoint_hit */
8365 resources_needed_watchpoint,
8366 NULL, /* print_it */
8367 NULL, /* print_one */
8368 NULL, /* print_mention */
8369 NULL /* print_recreate */
8370 };
8371
8372 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
8373 hw_read: watch read,
8374 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
8375 static void
8376 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
8377 int just_location, int internal)
8378 {
8379 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
8380 struct expression *exp;
8381 struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
8382 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
8383 struct frame_info *frame;
8384 char *exp_start = NULL;
8385 char *exp_end = NULL;
8386 char *tok, *id_tok_start, *end_tok;
8387 int toklen;
8388 char *cond_start = NULL;
8389 char *cond_end = NULL;
8390 int i, other_type_used, target_resources_ok = 0;
8391 enum bptype bp_type;
8392 int reg_cnt = 0;
8393 int thread = -1;
8394 int pc = 0;
8395
8396 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
8397 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
8398 {
8399 toklen = strlen (arg); /* Size of argument list. */
8400
8401 /* Points tok to the end of the argument list. */
8402 tok = arg + toklen - 1;
8403
8404 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip the last
8405 parameter. If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>'
8406 parameter, this should be the thread identifier. */
8407 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
8408 tok--;
8409 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
8410 tok--;
8411
8412 /* Points end_tok to the beginning of the last token. */
8413 id_tok_start = tok + 1;
8414
8415 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip one more
8416 parameter. If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>'
8417 parameter, we should reach a "thread" token. */
8418 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
8419 tok--;
8420
8421 end_tok = tok;
8422
8423 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
8424 tok--;
8425
8426 /* Move the pointer forward to skip the whitespace and
8427 calculate the length of the token. */
8428 tok++;
8429 toklen = end_tok - tok;
8430
8431 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
8432 {
8433 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
8434 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
8435 only in a specific thread. */
8436 char *endp;
8437
8438 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
8439 thread = strtol (id_tok_start, &endp, 0);
8440
8441 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
8442 thread ID. */
8443 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
8444 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), id_tok_start);
8445
8446 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
8447 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
8448 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
8449
8450 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the thread <thread_num>
8451 parameter before the parameter list is parsed by the
8452 evaluate_expression() function. */
8453 *tok = '\0';
8454 }
8455 }
8456
8457 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
8458 innermost_block = NULL;
8459 exp_start = arg;
8460 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
8461 exp_end = arg;
8462 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
8463 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
8464 prettier. */
8465 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
8466 --exp_end;
8467
8468 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
8469 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
8470 {
8471 int len;
8472
8473 len = exp_end - exp_start;
8474 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
8475 len--;
8476 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
8477 }
8478
8479 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
8480 mark = value_mark ();
8481 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
8482
8483 if (just_location)
8484 {
8485 exp_valid_block = NULL;
8486 val = value_addr (result);
8487 release_value (val);
8488 value_free_to_mark (mark);
8489 }
8490 else if (val != NULL)
8491 release_value (val);
8492
8493 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
8494 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
8495
8496 toklen = end_tok - tok;
8497 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
8498 {
8499 struct expression *cond;
8500
8501 innermost_block = NULL;
8502 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
8503 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
8504
8505 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
8506 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
8507 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
8508
8509 xfree (cond);
8510 cond_end = tok;
8511 }
8512 if (*tok)
8513 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
8514
8515 if (accessflag == hw_read)
8516 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
8517 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
8518 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
8519 else
8520 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
8521
8522 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val, target_exact_watchpoints);
8523 if (reg_cnt == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
8524 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint."));
8525 if (reg_cnt != 0)
8526 {
8527 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_type, &other_type_used);
8528 target_resources_ok =
8529 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_type, i + reg_cnt,
8530 other_type_used);
8531 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
8532 error (_("Target does not support this type of hardware watchpoint."));
8533
8534 if (target_resources_ok < 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
8535 error (_("Target can only support one kind "
8536 "of HW watchpoint at a time."));
8537 }
8538
8539 /* Change the type of breakpoint to an ordinary watchpoint if a
8540 hardware watchpoint could not be set. */
8541 if (!reg_cnt || target_resources_ok <= 0)
8542 bp_type = bp_watchpoint;
8543
8544 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
8545
8546 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
8547 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
8548 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
8549 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
8550 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
8551 {
8552 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
8553 {
8554 scope_breakpoint
8555 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
8556 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
8557 bp_watchpoint_scope);
8558
8559 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8560
8561 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
8562 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
8563
8564 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
8565 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
8566
8567 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
8568 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
8569 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
8570 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
8571 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
8572 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
8573 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
8574 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
8575 scope_breakpoint->type);
8576 }
8577 }
8578
8579 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
8580 b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (NULL, bp_type);
8581 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8582 b->thread = thread;
8583 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8584 b->exp = exp;
8585 b->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
8586 b->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
8587 if (just_location)
8588 {
8589 struct type *t = value_type (val);
8590 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
8591 char *name;
8592
8593 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
8594 name = type_to_string (t);
8595
8596 b->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
8597 core_addr_to_string (addr));
8598 xfree (name);
8599
8600 b->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location: %.*s",
8601 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
8602
8603 /* The above expression is in C. */
8604 b->language = language_c;
8605 }
8606 else
8607 b->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
8608 b->val = val;
8609 b->val_valid = 1;
8610 b->ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
8611
8612 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
8613 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
8614 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
8615
8616 if (cond_start)
8617 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
8618 else
8619 b->cond_string = 0;
8620
8621 if (frame)
8622 {
8623 b->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
8624 b->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
8625 }
8626 else
8627 {
8628 b->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
8629 b->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
8630 }
8631
8632 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
8633 {
8634 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
8635 need to act on them together. */
8636 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
8637 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
8638 }
8639
8640 if (!just_location)
8641 value_free_to_mark (mark);
8642
8643 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
8644 that should be inserted. */
8645 update_watchpoint (b, 1);
8646 if (internal)
8647 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number, but do
8648 notify observers. */
8649 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b->number);
8650 else
8651 mention (b);
8652 update_global_location_list (1);
8653 }
8654
8655 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
8656 If EXACT_WATCHPOINTS is 1, then consider that only the address of
8657 the start of the watched region will be monitored (i.e., all accesses
8658 will be aligned). This uses less debug registers on some targets.
8659
8660 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
8661
8662 static int
8663 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v, int exact_watchpoints)
8664 {
8665 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
8666 struct value *head = v;
8667
8668 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
8669 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
8670 return 0;
8671
8672 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
8673 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
8674 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
8675 hardware watchpoint.
8676
8677 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
8678 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
8679 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
8680 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
8681 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
8682 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
8683 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
8684 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
8685 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
8686
8687 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
8688 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
8689 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
8690 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
8691 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
8692 {
8693 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
8694 {
8695 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
8696 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
8697 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
8698 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
8699 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
8700 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
8701 ;
8702 else
8703 {
8704 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
8705 it with hardware watchpoints. */
8706 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
8707
8708 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
8709 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
8710 middle of some value chain. */
8711 if (v == head
8712 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
8713 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
8714 {
8715 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
8716 int len;
8717 int num_regs;
8718
8719 len = (exact_watchpoints
8720 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
8721 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
8722
8723 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
8724 if (!num_regs)
8725 return 0;
8726 else
8727 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
8728 }
8729 }
8730 }
8731 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
8732 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
8733 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
8734 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
8735 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
8736 }
8737
8738 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
8739 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
8740 return found_memory_cnt;
8741 }
8742
8743 void
8744 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
8745 {
8746 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
8747 }
8748
8749 /* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
8750 string. The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
8751 or be followed by whitespace. Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
8752 0 otherwise. If the argument is found, it updates *STR. */
8753
8754 static int
8755 check_for_argument (char **str, char *arg, int arg_len)
8756 {
8757 if (strncmp (*str, arg, arg_len) == 0
8758 && ((*str)[arg_len] == '\0' || isspace ((*str)[arg_len])))
8759 {
8760 *str += arg_len;
8761 return 1;
8762 }
8763 return 0;
8764 }
8765
8766 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
8767 calls watch_command_1. */
8768
8769 static void
8770 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
8771 {
8772 int just_location = 0;
8773
8774 if (arg
8775 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
8776 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
8777 {
8778 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8779 just_location = 1;
8780 }
8781
8782 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
8783 }
8784
8785 static void
8786 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8787 {
8788 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
8789 }
8790
8791 void
8792 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
8793 {
8794 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
8795 }
8796
8797 static void
8798 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8799 {
8800 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
8801 }
8802
8803 void
8804 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
8805 {
8806 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
8807 }
8808
8809 static void
8810 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8811 {
8812 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
8813 }
8814 \f
8815
8816 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
8817 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
8818
8819 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
8820 {
8821 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
8822 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
8823 int thread_num;
8824 };
8825
8826 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
8827 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
8828 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
8829 command. */
8830 static void
8831 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg)
8832 {
8833 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
8834
8835 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
8836 if (a->breakpoint2)
8837 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
8838 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
8839 }
8840
8841 void
8842 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
8843 {
8844 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
8845 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8846 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
8847 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
8848 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
8849 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8850 int thread;
8851 struct thread_info *tp;
8852
8853 clear_proceed_status ();
8854
8855 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
8856 this function. */
8857
8858 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
8859 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
8860 default_breakpoint_line, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
8861 else
8862 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL,
8863 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
8864
8865 if (sals.nelts != 1)
8866 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
8867
8868 sal = sals.sals[0];
8869 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
8870
8871 if (*arg)
8872 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8873
8874 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
8875
8876 if (anywhere)
8877 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
8878 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
8879 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
8880 null_frame_id, bp_until);
8881 else
8882 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
8883 only at the very same frame. */
8884 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
8885 get_stack_frame_id (frame),
8886 bp_until);
8887
8888 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
8889
8890 tp = inferior_thread ();
8891 thread = tp->num;
8892
8893 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
8894 one. */
8895
8896 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
8897 {
8898 sal = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
8899 sal.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
8900 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
8901 sal,
8902 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame),
8903 bp_until);
8904 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
8905
8906 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, frame_unwind_caller_id (frame));
8907 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
8908 }
8909
8910 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
8911
8912 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
8913 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
8914 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
8915 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
8916
8917 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
8918 {
8919 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
8920 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
8921
8922 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
8923 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
8924 args->thread_num = thread;
8925
8926 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
8927 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
8928 until_break_command_continuation, args,
8929 xfree);
8930 }
8931 else
8932 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8933 }
8934
8935 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
8936 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
8937
8938 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
8939 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
8940 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
8941 if clause in the arg string. */
8942
8943 static char *
8944 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
8945 {
8946 char *cond_string;
8947
8948 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
8949 return NULL;
8950
8951 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
8952 (*arg) += 2;
8953
8954 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
8955 condition string. */
8956 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
8957 cond_string = *arg;
8958
8959 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
8960 string. */
8961 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
8962
8963 return cond_string;
8964 }
8965
8966 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
8967 process start/exit, etc. */
8968
8969 typedef enum
8970 {
8971 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
8972 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
8973 }
8974 catch_fork_kind;
8975
8976 static void
8977 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8978 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8979 {
8980 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8981 char *cond_string = NULL;
8982 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
8983 int tempflag;
8984
8985 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
8986 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
8987 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
8988
8989 if (!arg)
8990 arg = "";
8991 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8992
8993 /* The allowed syntax is:
8994 catch [v]fork
8995 catch [v]fork if <cond>
8996
8997 First, check if there's an if clause. */
8998 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
8999
9000 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9001 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9002
9003 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
9004 and enable reporting of such events. */
9005 switch (fork_kind)
9006 {
9007 case catch_fork_temporary:
9008 case catch_fork_permanent:
9009 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9010 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
9011 break;
9012 case catch_vfork_temporary:
9013 case catch_vfork_permanent:
9014 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9015 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
9016 break;
9017 default:
9018 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
9019 break;
9020 }
9021 }
9022
9023 static void
9024 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9025 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9026 {
9027 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9028 int tempflag;
9029 char *cond_string = NULL;
9030
9031 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9032
9033 if (!arg)
9034 arg = "";
9035 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9036
9037 /* The allowed syntax is:
9038 catch exec
9039 catch exec if <cond>
9040
9041 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9042 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9043
9044 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9045 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9046
9047 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
9048 and enable reporting of such events. */
9049 create_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9050 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
9051 }
9052
9053 static enum print_stop_action
9054 print_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9055 {
9056 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
9057
9058 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
9059
9060 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9061 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
9062 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
9063 b->loc->address,
9064 b->number, 1);
9065 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9066 ui_out_text (uiout,
9067 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
9068 : "Catchpoint ");
9069 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9070 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9071 ui_out_text (uiout,
9072 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
9073 : " (exception caught), ");
9074 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9075 {
9076 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9077 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9078 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9079 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9080 }
9081 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9082 }
9083
9084 static void
9085 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9086 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9087 {
9088 struct value_print_options opts;
9089
9090 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9091 if (opts.addressprint)
9092 {
9093 annotate_field (4);
9094 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
9095 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
9096 else
9097 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
9098 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
9099 }
9100 annotate_field (5);
9101 if (b->loc)
9102 *last_loc = b->loc;
9103 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
9104 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
9105 else
9106 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
9107 }
9108
9109 static void
9110 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9111 {
9112 int bp_temp;
9113 int bp_throw;
9114
9115 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9116 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9117 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
9118 : _("Catchpoint "));
9119 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9120 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
9121 : _(" (catch)"));
9122 }
9123
9124 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
9125 catch catchpoints. */
9126
9127 static void
9128 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9129 struct ui_file *fp)
9130 {
9131 int bp_temp;
9132 int bp_throw;
9133
9134 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9135 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9136 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
9137 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
9138 }
9139
9140 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops = {
9141 NULL, /* insert */
9142 NULL, /* remove */
9143 NULL, /* breakpoint_hit */
9144 NULL, /* resources_needed */
9145 print_exception_catchpoint,
9146 print_one_exception_catchpoint,
9147 print_mention_exception_catchpoint,
9148 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint
9149 };
9150
9151 static int
9152 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
9153 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
9154 {
9155 char *trigger_func_name;
9156
9157 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
9158 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
9159 else
9160 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
9161
9162 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9163 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1,
9164 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
9165 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
9166 0,
9167 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
9168 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
9169 1 /* enabled */,
9170 0 /* internal */);
9171
9172 return 1;
9173 }
9174
9175 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
9176
9177 static void
9178 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
9179 int tempflag, int from_tty)
9180 {
9181 char *cond_string = NULL;
9182
9183 if (!arg)
9184 arg = "";
9185 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9186
9187 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9188
9189 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9190 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9191
9192 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
9193 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
9194 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
9195
9196 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
9197 return;
9198
9199 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
9200 }
9201
9202 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
9203
9204 static void
9205 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
9206 {
9207 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9208
9209 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
9210 }
9211
9212 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
9213
9214 static void
9215 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
9216 {
9217 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9218
9219 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
9220 }
9221
9222 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
9223
9224 static void
9225 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9226 struct symtab_and_line sal,
9227 char *addr_string,
9228 char *exp_string,
9229 char *cond_string,
9230 struct expression *cond,
9231 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9232 int tempflag,
9233 int from_tty)
9234 {
9235 struct breakpoint *b;
9236
9237 if (from_tty)
9238 {
9239 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9240 if (!loc_gdbarch)
9241 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9242
9243 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9244 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
9245 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
9246 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
9247 used for different exception names will use the same address.
9248 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
9249 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
9250 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
9251 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
9252 enough for now, though. */
9253 }
9254
9255 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint);
9256 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
9257
9258 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9259 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9260 b->number = breakpoint_count;
9261 b->ignore_count = 0;
9262 b->loc->cond = cond;
9263 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9264 b->language = language_ada;
9265 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9266 b->exp_string = exp_string;
9267 b->thread = -1;
9268 b->ops = ops;
9269
9270 mention (b);
9271 update_global_location_list (1);
9272 }
9273
9274 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
9275
9276 static void
9277 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg, int from_tty,
9278 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9279 {
9280 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9281 int tempflag;
9282 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9283 char *addr_string = NULL;
9284 char *exp_string = NULL;
9285 char *cond_string = NULL;
9286 struct expression *cond = NULL;
9287 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
9288
9289 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9290
9291 if (!arg)
9292 arg = "";
9293 sal = ada_decode_exception_location (arg, &addr_string, &exp_string,
9294 &cond_string, &cond, &ops);
9295 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, addr_string, exp_string,
9296 cond_string, cond, ops, tempflag,
9297 from_tty);
9298 }
9299
9300 /* Cleanup function for a syscall filter list. */
9301 static void
9302 clean_up_filters (void *arg)
9303 {
9304 VEC(int) *iter = *(VEC(int) **) arg;
9305 VEC_free (int, iter);
9306 }
9307
9308 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
9309 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
9310 static VEC(int) *
9311 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
9312 {
9313 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
9314 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (clean_up_filters, &result);
9315
9316 while (*arg != '\0')
9317 {
9318 int i, syscall_number;
9319 char *endptr;
9320 char cur_name[128];
9321 struct syscall s;
9322
9323 /* Skip whitespace. */
9324 while (isspace (*arg))
9325 arg++;
9326
9327 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
9328 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
9329 cur_name[i] = '\0';
9330 arg += i;
9331
9332 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
9333 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
9334 if (*endptr == '\0')
9335 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
9336 else
9337 {
9338 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
9339 to a number. */
9340 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
9341
9342 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
9343 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
9344 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
9345 syscall number to be caught. */
9346 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
9347 }
9348
9349 /* Ok, it's valid. */
9350 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
9351 }
9352
9353 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
9354 return result;
9355 }
9356
9357 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
9358
9359 static void
9360 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9361 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9362 {
9363 int tempflag;
9364 VEC(int) *filter;
9365 struct syscall s;
9366 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9367
9368 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
9369 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
9370 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
9371 this architecture yet."));
9372
9373 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9374
9375 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9376
9377 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
9378 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
9379 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
9380 for his/her architecture. */
9381 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
9382
9383 /* The allowed syntax is:
9384 catch syscall
9385 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
9386
9387 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
9388
9389 if (arg != NULL)
9390 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
9391 else
9392 filter = NULL;
9393
9394 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
9395 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
9396 }
9397
9398 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
9399
9400 static void
9401 catch_assert_command (char *arg, int from_tty,
9402 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9403 {
9404 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9405 int tempflag;
9406 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9407 char *addr_string = NULL;
9408 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
9409
9410 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9411
9412 if (!arg)
9413 arg = "";
9414 sal = ada_decode_assert_location (arg, &addr_string, &ops);
9415 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, addr_string, NULL, NULL, NULL,
9416 ops, tempflag, from_tty);
9417 }
9418
9419 static void
9420 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9421 {
9422 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
9423 }
9424 \f
9425
9426 static void
9427 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9428 {
9429 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
9430 }
9431
9432 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
9433
9434 static void
9435 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9436 {
9437 struct breakpoint *b;
9438 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
9439 int ix;
9440 int default_match;
9441 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9442 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9443 int i;
9444
9445 if (arg)
9446 {
9447 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, 1);
9448 default_match = 0;
9449 }
9450 else
9451 {
9452 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9453 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9454 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
9455 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9456 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
9457 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
9458 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
9459 sal.pspace = default_breakpoint_pspace;
9460 if (sal.symtab == 0)
9461 error (_("No source file specified."));
9462
9463 sals.sals[0] = sal;
9464 sals.nelts = 1;
9465
9466 default_match = 1;
9467 }
9468
9469 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
9470 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
9471 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
9472 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
9473
9474 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
9475 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
9476 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
9477 due to optimization, all in one block.
9478
9479 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
9480 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
9481 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
9482 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
9483 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
9484 to support that. */
9485
9486 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
9487 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
9488 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
9489 breakpoint. */
9490
9491 found = NULL;
9492 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9493 {
9494 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
9495 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
9496 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
9497 or at default pc.
9498
9499 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
9500
9501 0 1 pc
9502 1 1 pc _and_ line
9503 0 0 line
9504 1 0 <can't happen> */
9505
9506 sal = sals.sals[i];
9507
9508 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
9509 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9510 {
9511 int match = 0;
9512 /* Are we going to delete b? */
9513 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
9514 {
9515 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
9516 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
9517 {
9518 int pc_match = sal.pc
9519 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
9520 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
9521 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
9522 || loc->section == sal.section);
9523 int line_match = ((default_match || (0 == sal.pc))
9524 && b->source_file != NULL
9525 && sal.symtab != NULL
9526 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
9527 && strcmp (b->source_file,
9528 sal.symtab->filename) == 0
9529 && b->line_number == sal.line);
9530 if (pc_match || line_match)
9531 {
9532 match = 1;
9533 break;
9534 }
9535 }
9536 }
9537
9538 if (match)
9539 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
9540 }
9541 }
9542 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
9543 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
9544 {
9545 if (arg)
9546 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
9547 else
9548 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
9549 }
9550
9551 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
9552 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
9553 if (from_tty)
9554 {
9555 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
9556 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
9557 else
9558 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
9559 }
9560 breakpoints_changed ();
9561
9562 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
9563 {
9564 if (from_tty)
9565 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
9566 delete_breakpoint (b);
9567 }
9568 if (from_tty)
9569 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
9570 }
9571 \f
9572 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
9573 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
9574 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
9575
9576 void
9577 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
9578 {
9579 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
9580
9581 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
9582 if (bs->breakpoint_at
9583 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
9584 && bs->stop)
9585 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
9586
9587 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
9588 {
9589 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
9590 delete_breakpoint (b);
9591 }
9592 }
9593
9594 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
9595 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
9596 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
9597 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
9598 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
9599 qsort being an instable algorithm. */
9600
9601 static int
9602 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
9603 {
9604 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
9605 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
9606 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
9607 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
9608 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
9609
9610 if (a->address != b->address)
9611 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
9612
9613 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
9614 if (a_perm != b_perm)
9615 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
9616
9617 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of
9618 the same breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
9619
9620 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
9621 return (a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
9622 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number);
9623
9624 return (a > b) - (a < b);
9625 }
9626
9627 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
9628 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
9629 content of the bp_location array. */
9630
9631 static void
9632 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
9633 {
9634 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
9635
9636 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
9637 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
9638
9639 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
9640 {
9641 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
9642
9643 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
9644 continue;
9645
9646 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
9647 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
9648
9649 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
9650 addr = bl->address - start;
9651 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
9652 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
9653
9654 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
9655
9656 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
9657 addr = end - bl->address;
9658 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
9659 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
9660 }
9661 }
9662
9663 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
9664 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
9665 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
9666 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
9667 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
9668 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
9669 returns true on them.
9670
9671 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
9672 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
9673 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
9674 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
9675 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
9676 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
9677
9678 static void
9679 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
9680 {
9681 struct breakpoint *b;
9682 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
9683 struct cleanup *cleanups;
9684
9685 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
9686 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
9687 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
9688 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
9689 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
9690 once. */
9691 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
9692 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
9693 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
9694 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
9695
9696 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
9697 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
9698 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
9699 unsigned old_location_count;
9700
9701 old_location = bp_location;
9702 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
9703 bp_location = NULL;
9704 bp_location_count = 0;
9705 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
9706
9707 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9708 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
9709 bp_location_count++;
9710
9711 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
9712 locp = bp_location;
9713 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9714 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
9715 *locp++ = loc;
9716 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
9717 bp_location_compare);
9718
9719 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
9720
9721 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
9722 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
9723 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
9724 if there's another location at the same address (previously
9725 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
9726 location.
9727
9728 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
9729 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
9730
9731 locp = bp_location;
9732 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
9733 old_locp++)
9734 {
9735 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
9736 struct bp_location **loc2p;
9737
9738 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found amoung the new locations. If
9739 not, we have to free it. */
9740 int found_object = 0;
9741 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
9742 int keep_in_target = 0;
9743 int removed = 0;
9744
9745 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
9746 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
9747 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
9748 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
9749 locp++;
9750
9751 for (loc2p = locp;
9752 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
9753 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
9754 loc2p++)
9755 {
9756 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
9757 {
9758 found_object = 1;
9759 break;
9760 }
9761 }
9762
9763 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
9764 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
9765 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
9766 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
9767 at certain location is not inserted. */
9768
9769 if (old_loc->inserted)
9770 {
9771 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
9772 it. */
9773
9774 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
9775 {
9776 /* The location is still present in the location list,
9777 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
9778 keep_in_target = 1;
9779 }
9780 else
9781 {
9782 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
9783 disabled. See if there's another location at the
9784 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
9785 this one from the target. */
9786
9787 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
9788 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
9789 {
9790 for (loc2p = locp;
9791 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
9792 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
9793 loc2p++)
9794 {
9795 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
9796
9797 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
9798 {
9799 /* For the sake of should_be_inserted.
9800 Duplicates check below will fix up this
9801 later. */
9802 loc2->duplicate = 0;
9803
9804 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
9805 access watchpoints, if the former are not
9806 supported, but the latter are. */
9807 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
9808 {
9809 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
9810 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
9811 }
9812
9813 if (loc2 != old_loc && should_be_inserted (loc2))
9814 {
9815 loc2->inserted = 1;
9816 loc2->target_info = old_loc->target_info;
9817 keep_in_target = 1;
9818 break;
9819 }
9820 }
9821 }
9822 }
9823 }
9824
9825 if (!keep_in_target)
9826 {
9827 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
9828 {
9829 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
9830 this location on the global list, and try to
9831 remove it next time, but there's no particular
9832 reason why we will succeed next time.
9833
9834 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
9835 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
9836 only after calling us. */
9837 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
9838 "breakpoint %d\n"),
9839 old_loc->owner->number);
9840 }
9841 removed = 1;
9842 }
9843 }
9844
9845 if (!found_object)
9846 {
9847 if (removed && non_stop
9848 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
9849 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
9850 {
9851 /* This location was removed from the target. In
9852 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
9853 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
9854 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
9855 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
9856 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
9857 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
9858 after we see some number of events. The theory here
9859 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
9860 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
9861 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
9862 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
9863 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
9864 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
9865 SIGTRAP.
9866
9867 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
9868 decr_pc_after_break targets.
9869
9870 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
9871 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
9872 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
9873 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
9874 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
9875 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
9876 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
9877 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
9878 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
9879 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
9880 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
9881 targets that do not support new thread events, like
9882 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
9883 thread_count.
9884
9885 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
9886 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
9887 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
9888 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
9889
9890 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
9891 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
9892 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
9893 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
9894 traps we can no longer explain. */
9895
9896 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
9897 old_loc->owner = NULL;
9898
9899 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
9900 }
9901 else
9902 {
9903 old_loc->owner = NULL;
9904 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
9905 }
9906 }
9907 }
9908
9909 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
9910 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
9911 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
9912 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
9913 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
9914 are sorted first for the same address.
9915
9916 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
9917 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
9918
9919 bp_loc_first = NULL;
9920 wp_loc_first = NULL;
9921 awp_loc_first = NULL;
9922 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
9923 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
9924 {
9925 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
9926 non-NULL. */
9927 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
9928 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
9929
9930 if (b->enable_state == bp_disabled
9931 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled
9932 || b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled
9933 || !loc->enabled
9934 || loc->shlib_disabled
9935 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
9936 || is_tracepoint (b))
9937 continue;
9938
9939 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
9940 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
9941 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9942 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
9943 "actually inserted"));
9944
9945 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
9946 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
9947 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
9948 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
9949 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
9950 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
9951 else
9952 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
9953
9954 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
9955 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
9956 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
9957 {
9958 *loc_first_p = loc;
9959 loc->duplicate = 0;
9960 continue;
9961 }
9962
9963 loc->duplicate = 1;
9964
9965 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
9966 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
9967 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9968 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
9969 "a permanent breakpoint"));
9970 }
9971
9972 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
9973 && (have_live_inferiors ()
9974 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))))
9975 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
9976
9977 do_cleanups (cleanups);
9978 }
9979
9980 void
9981 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
9982 {
9983 struct bp_location *loc;
9984 int ix;
9985
9986 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
9987 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
9988 {
9989 decref_bp_location (&loc);
9990 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
9991 --ix;
9992 }
9993 }
9994
9995 static void
9996 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
9997 {
9998 struct gdb_exception e;
9999
10000 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
10001 update_global_location_list (inserting);
10002 }
10003
10004 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
10005
10006 static void
10007 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
10008 {
10009 bpstat bs;
10010
10011 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
10012 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
10013 {
10014 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
10015 bs->old_val = NULL;
10016 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
10017 }
10018 }
10019
10020 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
10021 static int
10022 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
10023 {
10024 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
10025
10026 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
10027 return 0;
10028 }
10029
10030 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
10031 structures. */
10032
10033 void
10034 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
10035 {
10036 struct breakpoint *b;
10037
10038 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
10039
10040 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
10041 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
10042 especial culprits.
10043
10044 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
10045 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
10046 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
10047 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
10048 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
10049 deleted.
10050
10051 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
10052 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
10053 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
10054 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
10055 was chosen. */
10056 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
10057 return;
10058
10059 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
10060 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
10061 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != NULL)
10062 {
10063 gdb_assert (bpt->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == bpt);
10064 bpt->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
10065 bpt->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = NULL;
10066 bpt->related_breakpoint = NULL;
10067 }
10068
10069 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt->number);
10070
10071 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
10072 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
10073
10074 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10075 if (b->next == bpt)
10076 {
10077 b->next = bpt->next;
10078 break;
10079 }
10080
10081 decref_counted_command_line (&bpt->commands);
10082 xfree (bpt->cond_string);
10083 xfree (bpt->cond_exp);
10084 xfree (bpt->addr_string);
10085 xfree (bpt->exp);
10086 xfree (bpt->exp_string);
10087 xfree (bpt->exp_string_reparse);
10088 value_free (bpt->val);
10089 xfree (bpt->source_file);
10090 xfree (bpt->exec_pathname);
10091 clean_up_filters (&bpt->syscalls_to_be_caught);
10092
10093
10094 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
10095 been freed. */
10096 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
10097 in all threeds for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
10098 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
10099 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
10100 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
10101 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
10102 commands won't work. */
10103
10104 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
10105
10106 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
10107 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
10108 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
10109 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
10110 might be better design to have location completely
10111 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
10112 update_global_location_list (0);
10113
10114
10115 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
10116 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
10117 bpt->type = bp_none;
10118
10119 xfree (bpt);
10120 }
10121
10122 static void
10123 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
10124 {
10125 delete_breakpoint (b);
10126 }
10127
10128 struct cleanup *
10129 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10130 {
10131 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
10132 }
10133
10134 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
10135 delete_breakpoint. */
10136
10137 static void
10138 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
10139 {
10140 delete_breakpoint (b);
10141 }
10142
10143 void
10144 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10145 {
10146 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
10147
10148 dont_repeat ();
10149
10150 if (arg == 0)
10151 {
10152 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
10153
10154 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
10155 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these have
10156 to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
10157 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10158 {
10159 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy
10160 && b->type != bp_std_terminate
10161 && b->type != bp_shlib_event
10162 && b->type != bp_jit_event
10163 && b->type != bp_thread_event
10164 && b->type != bp_overlay_event
10165 && b->type != bp_longjmp_master
10166 && b->type != bp_std_terminate_master
10167 && b->type != bp_exception_master
10168 && b->number >= 0)
10169 {
10170 breaks_to_delete = 1;
10171 break;
10172 }
10173 }
10174
10175 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
10176 if (!from_tty
10177 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
10178 {
10179 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
10180 {
10181 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy
10182 && b->type != bp_std_terminate
10183 && b->type != bp_shlib_event
10184 && b->type != bp_thread_event
10185 && b->type != bp_jit_event
10186 && b->type != bp_overlay_event
10187 && b->type != bp_longjmp_master
10188 && b->type != bp_std_terminate_master
10189 && b->type != bp_exception_master
10190 && b->number >= 0)
10191 delete_breakpoint (b);
10192 }
10193 }
10194 }
10195 else
10196 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
10197 }
10198
10199 static int
10200 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
10201 {
10202 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
10203 if (!loc->shlib_disabled)
10204 return 0;
10205 return 1;
10206 }
10207
10208 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
10209 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
10210 Null names are ignored. */
10211
10212 static int
10213 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
10214 {
10215 struct bp_location *l;
10216 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
10217 (int (*) (const void *,
10218 const void *)) streq,
10219 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
10220
10221 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
10222 {
10223 const char **slot;
10224 const char *name = l->function_name;
10225
10226 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
10227 if (name == NULL)
10228 continue;
10229
10230 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
10231 INSERT);
10232 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
10233 returns NULL. */
10234 if (*slot != NULL)
10235 {
10236 htab_delete (htab);
10237 return 1;
10238 }
10239 *slot = name;
10240 }
10241
10242 htab_delete (htab);
10243 return 0;
10244 }
10245
10246 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
10247 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
10248 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
10249 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
10250 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
10251 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
10252 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
10253 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
10254 The heuristic is:
10255
10256 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
10257 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
10258 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
10259 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
10260 in the sources, and output a warning.
10261
10262 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
10263 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
10264 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
10265 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
10266 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
10267 warning.
10268
10269 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
10270 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
10271 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
10272 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
10273 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
10274 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
10275 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
10276 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
10277 precisely because it confuses tools). */
10278
10279 static struct symtab_and_line
10280 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
10281 {
10282 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
10283 CORE_ADDR pc;
10284 int i;
10285
10286 pc = sal.pc;
10287 if (sal.line)
10288 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
10289
10290 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
10291 {
10292 if (strcmp (b->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
10293 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
10294 b->number,
10295 b->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
10296
10297 xfree (b->static_trace_marker_id);
10298 b->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
10299 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
10300
10301 return sal;
10302 }
10303
10304 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
10305 by string ID. */
10306 if (!sal.explicit_pc
10307 && sal.line != 0
10308 && sal.symtab != NULL
10309 && b->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
10310 {
10311 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
10312
10313 markers
10314 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (b->static_trace_marker_id);
10315
10316 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
10317 {
10318 struct symtab_and_line sal;
10319 struct symbol *sym;
10320 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
10321
10322 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
10323
10324 xfree (b->static_trace_marker_id);
10325 b->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker->str_id);
10326
10327 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
10328 "found at previous line number"),
10329 b->number, b->static_trace_marker_id);
10330
10331 init_sal (&sal);
10332
10333 sal.pc = marker->address;
10334
10335 sal = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
10336 sym = find_pc_sect_function (marker->address, NULL);
10337 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
10338 if (sym)
10339 {
10340 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
10341 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
10342 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
10343 }
10344 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal.symtab->filename);
10345 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
10346
10347 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10348 {
10349 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
10350
10351 if (fullname)
10352 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
10353 }
10354
10355 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal.line);
10356 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10357
10358 b->line_number = sal.line;
10359
10360 xfree (b->source_file);
10361 if (sym)
10362 b->source_file = xstrdup (sal.symtab->filename);
10363 else
10364 b->source_file = NULL;
10365
10366 xfree (b->addr_string);
10367 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
10368 sal.symtab->filename, b->line_number);
10369
10370 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
10371 so. */
10372
10373 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
10374 }
10375 }
10376 return sal;
10377 }
10378
10379 static void
10380 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
10381 struct symtabs_and_lines sals)
10382 {
10383 int i;
10384 char *s;
10385 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
10386
10387 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
10388 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
10389 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
10390 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
10391 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
10392 individual locations. */
10393 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
10394 return;
10395
10396 b->loc = NULL;
10397
10398 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
10399 {
10400 struct bp_location *new_loc =
10401 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
10402
10403 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
10404 old symtab. */
10405 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
10406 {
10407 struct gdb_exception e;
10408
10409 s = b->cond_string;
10410 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
10411 {
10412 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
10413 0);
10414 }
10415 if (e.reason < 0)
10416 {
10417 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
10418 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
10419 b->number, e.message);
10420 new_loc->enabled = 0;
10421 }
10422 }
10423
10424 if (b->source_file != NULL)
10425 xfree (b->source_file);
10426 if (sals.sals[i].symtab == NULL)
10427 b->source_file = NULL;
10428 else
10429 b->source_file = xstrdup (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename);
10430
10431 if (b->line_number == 0)
10432 b->line_number = sals.sals[i].line;
10433 }
10434
10435 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
10436 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
10437 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
10438
10439 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
10440 breakpoints. */
10441 {
10442 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
10443 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
10444 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
10445 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
10446 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
10447 often enough until a better solution is found. */
10448 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
10449
10450 for (; e; e = e->next)
10451 {
10452 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
10453 {
10454 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
10455 if (have_ambiguous_names)
10456 {
10457 for (; l; l = l->next)
10458 if (breakpoint_address_match (e->pspace->aspace, e->address,
10459 l->pspace->aspace, l->address))
10460 {
10461 l->enabled = 0;
10462 break;
10463 }
10464 }
10465 else
10466 {
10467 for (; l; l = l->next)
10468 if (l->function_name
10469 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
10470 {
10471 l->enabled = 0;
10472 break;
10473 }
10474 }
10475 }
10476 }
10477 }
10478
10479 update_global_location_list (1);
10480 }
10481
10482 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
10483 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
10484 Unused in this case. */
10485
10486 static int
10487 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
10488 {
10489 /* Get past catch_errs. */
10490 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
10491 int not_found = 0;
10492 int *not_found_ptr = &not_found;
10493 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
10494 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
10495 char *s;
10496 struct gdb_exception e;
10497 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
10498 int marker_spec = 0;
10499
10500 switch (b->type)
10501 {
10502 case bp_none:
10503 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
10504 b->number);
10505 return 0;
10506 case bp_breakpoint:
10507 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
10508 case bp_tracepoint:
10509 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
10510 case bp_static_tracepoint:
10511 /* Do not attempt to re-set breakpoints disabled during startup. */
10512 if (b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled)
10513 return 0;
10514
10515 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
10516 {
10517 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
10518 delete_breakpoint (b);
10519 return 0;
10520 }
10521
10522 input_radix = b->input_radix;
10523 s = b->addr_string;
10524
10525 save_current_space_and_thread ();
10526 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
10527
10528 marker_spec = b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && is_marker_spec (s);
10529
10530 set_language (b->language);
10531 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
10532 {
10533 if (marker_spec)
10534 {
10535 sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s);
10536 if (sals.nelts > b->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
10537 {
10538 sals.sals[0] = sals.sals[b->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
10539 sals.nelts = 1;
10540 }
10541 else
10542 error (_("marker %s not found"), b->static_trace_marker_id);
10543 }
10544 else
10545 sals = decode_line_1 (&s, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
10546 (char ***) NULL, not_found_ptr);
10547 }
10548 if (e.reason < 0)
10549 {
10550 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
10551 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
10552 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
10553 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
10554 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
10555 state, then user already saw the message about that
10556 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
10557 errors. */
10558 if (not_found
10559 && (b->condition_not_parsed
10560 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
10561 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
10562 not_found_and_ok = 1;
10563
10564 if (!not_found_and_ok)
10565 {
10566 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
10567 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
10568 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
10569 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
10570 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
10571 which approach is better. */
10572 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
10573 throw_exception (e);
10574 }
10575 }
10576
10577 if (!not_found)
10578 {
10579 gdb_assert (sals.nelts == 1);
10580
10581 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[0]);
10582 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
10583 {
10584 char *cond_string = 0;
10585 int thread = -1;
10586 int task = 0;
10587
10588 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
10589 &cond_string, &thread, &task);
10590 if (cond_string)
10591 b->cond_string = cond_string;
10592 b->thread = thread;
10593 b->task = task;
10594 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
10595 }
10596
10597 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !marker_spec)
10598 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
10599
10600 expanded = expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[0]);
10601 }
10602
10603 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
10604 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded);
10605 break;
10606
10607 case bp_watchpoint:
10608 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10609 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10610 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10611 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10612 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10613
10614 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and
10615 even persist across program restarts. Since they can use
10616 variables from shared libraries, we need to reparse
10617 expression as libraries are loaded and unloaded.
10618
10619 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as
10620 result of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses
10621 both a local and a global variables in expression, it's a
10622 local watchpoint, but unloading of a shared library will make
10623 the expression invalid. This is not a very common use case,
10624 but we still re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to
10625 the user.
10626
10627 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10628 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
10629 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In
10630 fact, I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10631
10632 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10633 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10634
10635 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
10636 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
10637 update_watchpoint (b, 1 /* reparse */);
10638 break;
10639 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
10640 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
10641 loaded. */
10642 case bp_catchpoint:
10643 break;
10644
10645 default:
10646 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b->type);
10647 /* fall through */
10648 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they will be
10649 reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
10650 case bp_overlay_event:
10651 case bp_longjmp_master:
10652 case bp_std_terminate_master:
10653 case bp_exception_master:
10654 delete_breakpoint (b);
10655 break;
10656
10657 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
10658 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
10659 case bp_shlib_event:
10660
10661 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
10662 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
10663 case bp_thread_event:
10664
10665 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we
10666 step over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the
10667 breakpoints. Otherwise these should have been blown away via
10668 the cleanup chain or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we
10669 rerun the executable. */
10670 case bp_until:
10671 case bp_finish:
10672 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
10673 case bp_call_dummy:
10674 case bp_std_terminate:
10675 case bp_step_resume:
10676 case bp_longjmp:
10677 case bp_longjmp_resume:
10678 case bp_exception:
10679 case bp_exception_resume:
10680 case bp_jit_event:
10681 break;
10682 }
10683
10684 do_cleanups (cleanups);
10685 return 0;
10686 }
10687
10688 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
10689 void
10690 breakpoint_re_set (void)
10691 {
10692 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
10693 enum language save_language;
10694 int save_input_radix;
10695 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10696
10697 save_language = current_language->la_language;
10698 save_input_radix = input_radix;
10699 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
10700
10701 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
10702 {
10703 /* Format possible error msg. */
10704 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
10705 b->number);
10706 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
10707 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
10708 do_cleanups (cleanups);
10709 }
10710 set_language (save_language);
10711 input_radix = save_input_radix;
10712
10713 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
10714
10715 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10716
10717 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
10718 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
10719 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
10720 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
10721 }
10722 \f
10723 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
10724
10725 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
10726 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
10727 void
10728 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
10729 {
10730 if (b->thread != -1)
10731 {
10732 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
10733 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
10734
10735 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
10736 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
10737 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
10738 as well. */
10739 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
10740 }
10741 }
10742
10743 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
10744 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
10745 which ends with a period (no newline). */
10746
10747 void
10748 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
10749 {
10750 struct breakpoint *b;
10751
10752 if (count < 0)
10753 count = 0;
10754
10755 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10756 if (b->number == bptnum)
10757 {
10758 if (is_tracepoint (b))
10759 {
10760 if (from_tty && count != 0)
10761 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
10762 bptnum);
10763 return;
10764 }
10765
10766 b->ignore_count = count;
10767 if (from_tty)
10768 {
10769 if (count == 0)
10770 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
10771 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
10772 bptnum);
10773 else if (count == 1)
10774 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
10775 bptnum);
10776 else
10777 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
10778 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
10779 count, bptnum);
10780 }
10781 breakpoints_changed ();
10782 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
10783 return;
10784 }
10785
10786 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
10787 }
10788
10789 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
10790
10791 static void
10792 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
10793 {
10794 char *p = args;
10795 int num;
10796
10797 if (p == 0)
10798 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
10799
10800 num = get_number (&p);
10801 if (num == 0)
10802 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
10803 if (*p == 0)
10804 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
10805
10806 set_ignore_count (num,
10807 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
10808 from_tty);
10809 if (from_tty)
10810 printf_filtered ("\n");
10811 }
10812 \f
10813 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
10814 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
10815
10816 static void
10817 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
10818 void *),
10819 void *data)
10820 {
10821 int num;
10822 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
10823 int match;
10824 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
10825
10826 if (args == 0)
10827 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
10828
10829 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
10830
10831 while (!state.finished)
10832 {
10833 char *p = state.string;
10834
10835 match = 0;
10836
10837 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
10838 if (num == 0)
10839 {
10840 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
10841 }
10842 else
10843 {
10844 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
10845 if (b->number == num)
10846 {
10847 struct breakpoint *related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
10848 match = 1;
10849 function (b, data);
10850 if (related_breakpoint)
10851 function (related_breakpoint, data);
10852 break;
10853 }
10854 if (match == 0)
10855 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
10856 }
10857 }
10858 }
10859
10860 static struct bp_location *
10861 find_location_by_number (char *number)
10862 {
10863 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
10864 char *p1;
10865 int bp_num;
10866 int loc_num;
10867 struct breakpoint *b;
10868 struct bp_location *loc;
10869
10870 *dot = '\0';
10871
10872 p1 = number;
10873 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
10874 if (bp_num == 0)
10875 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
10876
10877 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10878 if (b->number == bp_num)
10879 {
10880 break;
10881 }
10882
10883 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
10884 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
10885
10886 p1 = dot+1;
10887 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
10888 if (loc_num == 0)
10889 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
10890
10891 --loc_num;
10892 loc = b->loc;
10893 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
10894 ;
10895 if (!loc)
10896 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
10897
10898 return loc;
10899 }
10900
10901
10902 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
10903 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
10904 which ends with a period (no newline). */
10905
10906 void
10907 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
10908 {
10909 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
10910 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
10911 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
10912 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
10913 return;
10914
10915 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
10916 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
10917 return;
10918
10919 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
10920
10921 update_global_location_list (0);
10922
10923 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt->number);
10924 }
10925
10926 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
10927 disable_breakpoint. */
10928
10929 static void
10930 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
10931 {
10932 disable_breakpoint (b);
10933 }
10934
10935 static void
10936 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
10937 {
10938 struct breakpoint *bpt;
10939
10940 if (args == 0)
10941 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
10942 switch (bpt->type)
10943 {
10944 case bp_none:
10945 warning (_("attempted to disable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
10946 bpt->number);
10947 break;
10948 case bp_breakpoint:
10949 case bp_tracepoint:
10950 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
10951 case bp_static_tracepoint:
10952 case bp_catchpoint:
10953 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
10954 case bp_watchpoint:
10955 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10956 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10957 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10958 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
10959 break;
10960 default:
10961 break;
10962 }
10963 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
10964 {
10965 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
10966 if (loc)
10967 loc->enabled = 0;
10968 update_global_location_list (0);
10969 }
10970 else
10971 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
10972 }
10973
10974 static void
10975 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition)
10976 {
10977 int target_resources_ok;
10978
10979 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
10980 {
10981 int i;
10982 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10983 target_resources_ok =
10984 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10985 i + 1, 0);
10986 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
10987 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
10988 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
10989 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10990 }
10991
10992 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
10993 {
10994 struct gdb_exception e;
10995
10996 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
10997 {
10998 update_watchpoint (bpt, 1 /* reparse */);
10999 }
11000 if (e.reason < 0)
11001 {
11002 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
11003 bpt->number);
11004 return;
11005 }
11006 }
11007
11008 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
11009 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11010 bpt->disposition = disposition;
11011 update_global_location_list (1);
11012 breakpoints_changed ();
11013
11014 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt->number);
11015 }
11016
11017
11018 void
11019 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
11020 {
11021 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, bpt->disposition);
11022 }
11023
11024 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11025 enable_breakpoint. */
11026
11027 static void
11028 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11029 {
11030 enable_breakpoint (b);
11031 }
11032
11033 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
11034 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
11035 in stopping the inferior. */
11036
11037 static void
11038 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11039 {
11040 struct breakpoint *bpt;
11041
11042 if (args == 0)
11043 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
11044 switch (bpt->type)
11045 {
11046 case bp_none:
11047 warning (_("attempted to enable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
11048 bpt->number);
11049 break;
11050 case bp_breakpoint:
11051 case bp_tracepoint:
11052 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
11053 case bp_static_tracepoint:
11054 case bp_catchpoint:
11055 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
11056 case bp_watchpoint:
11057 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11058 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11059 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11060 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
11061 break;
11062 default:
11063 break;
11064 }
11065 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
11066 {
11067 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
11068 if (loc)
11069 loc->enabled = 1;
11070 update_global_location_list (1);
11071 }
11072 else
11073 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
11074 }
11075
11076 static void
11077 enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
11078 {
11079 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_disable);
11080 }
11081
11082 static void
11083 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11084 {
11085 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
11086 }
11087
11088 static void
11089 enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
11090 {
11091 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_del);
11092 }
11093
11094 static void
11095 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11096 {
11097 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
11098 }
11099 \f
11100 static void
11101 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
11102 {
11103 }
11104
11105 static void
11106 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
11107 {
11108 }
11109
11110 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
11111 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
11112 GDB itself. */
11113
11114 static void
11115 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr, int len,
11116 const bfd_byte *data)
11117 {
11118 struct breakpoint *bp;
11119
11120 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
11121 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
11122 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
11123 && bp->val_valid && bp->val)
11124 {
11125 struct bp_location *loc;
11126
11127 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
11128 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
11129 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
11130 && addr + len > loc->address)
11131 {
11132 value_free (bp->val);
11133 bp->val = NULL;
11134 bp->val_valid = 0;
11135 }
11136 }
11137 }
11138
11139 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
11140
11141 struct symtabs_and_lines
11142 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int funfirstline)
11143 {
11144 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11145
11146 if (string == 0)
11147 error (_("Empty line specification."));
11148 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
11149 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
11150 default_breakpoint_symtab,
11151 default_breakpoint_line,
11152 (char ***) NULL, NULL);
11153 else
11154 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
11155 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
11156 if (*string)
11157 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
11158 return sals;
11159 }
11160
11161 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
11162 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
11163 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
11164 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
11165 someday. */
11166
11167 void *
11168 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11169 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
11170 {
11171 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
11172
11173 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
11174
11175 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
11176 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
11177
11178 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
11179 {
11180 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
11181 xfree (bp_tgt);
11182 return NULL;
11183 }
11184
11185 return bp_tgt;
11186 }
11187
11188 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
11189 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
11190
11191 int
11192 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
11193 {
11194 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
11195 int ret;
11196
11197 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
11198 xfree (bp_tgt);
11199
11200 return ret;
11201 }
11202
11203 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
11204 stepping. */
11205
11206 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
11207 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
11208
11209 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
11210
11211 void
11212 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11213 struct address_space *aspace,
11214 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
11215 {
11216 void **bpt_p;
11217
11218 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
11219 {
11220 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
11221 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
11222 }
11223 else
11224 {
11225 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
11226 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
11227 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
11228 }
11229
11230 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
11231 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
11232 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
11233 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
11234 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
11235 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
11236
11237 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
11238 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
11239 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
11240 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
11241 }
11242
11243 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
11244 were inserted or not. */
11245
11246 int
11247 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
11248 {
11249 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
11250 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
11251 }
11252
11253 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
11254
11255 void
11256 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
11257 {
11258 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
11259
11260 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
11261 call. */
11262 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
11263 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
11264 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
11265 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
11266
11267 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
11268 {
11269 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
11270 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
11271 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
11272 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
11273 }
11274 }
11275
11276 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
11277 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
11278 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
11279 exec. */
11280
11281 void
11282 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
11283 {
11284 int i;
11285
11286 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
11287 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
11288 {
11289 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
11290 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
11291 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
11292 }
11293 }
11294
11295 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
11296 removing them. */
11297
11298 static void
11299 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
11300 {
11301 int i;
11302
11303 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
11304 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
11305 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
11306 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
11307 }
11308
11309 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
11310 PC. */
11311
11312 static int
11313 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
11314 CORE_ADDR pc)
11315 {
11316 int i;
11317
11318 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
11319 {
11320 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
11321 if (bp_tgt
11322 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
11323 bp_tgt->placed_address,
11324 aspace, pc))
11325 return 1;
11326 }
11327
11328 return 0;
11329 }
11330
11331 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
11332 non-zero otherwise. */
11333 static int
11334 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
11335 {
11336 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
11337 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
11338 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
11339 return 1;
11340 else
11341 return 0;
11342 }
11343
11344 int
11345 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
11346 {
11347 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
11348
11349 return inf->total_syscalls_count != 0;
11350 }
11351
11352 int
11353 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
11354 {
11355 struct breakpoint *bp;
11356
11357 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
11358 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
11359 {
11360 if (bp->syscalls_to_be_caught)
11361 {
11362 int i, iter;
11363 for (i = 0;
11364 VEC_iterate (int, bp->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
11365 i++)
11366 if (syscall_number == iter)
11367 return 1;
11368 }
11369 else
11370 return 1;
11371 }
11372
11373 return 0;
11374 }
11375
11376 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
11377 static char **
11378 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
11379 char *text, char *word)
11380 {
11381 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
11382 char **retlist
11383 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, text, word);
11384
11385 xfree (list);
11386 return retlist;
11387 }
11388
11389 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
11390
11391 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
11392 static void
11393 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
11394 {
11395 tracepoint_count = num;
11396 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
11397 }
11398
11399 void
11400 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11401 {
11402 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11403 arg,
11404 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
11405 0 /* tempflag */,
11406 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
11407 0 /* Ignore count */,
11408 pending_break_support,
11409 NULL,
11410 from_tty,
11411 1 /* enabled */,
11412 0 /* internal */))
11413 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
11414 }
11415
11416 void
11417 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11418 {
11419 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11420 arg,
11421 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
11422 0 /* tempflag */,
11423 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
11424 0 /* Ignore count */,
11425 pending_break_support,
11426 NULL,
11427 from_tty,
11428 1 /* enabled */,
11429 0 /* internal */))
11430 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
11431 }
11432
11433 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
11434
11435 void
11436 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11437 {
11438 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11439 arg,
11440 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
11441 0 /* tempflag */,
11442 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
11443 0 /* Ignore count */,
11444 pending_break_support,
11445 NULL,
11446 from_tty,
11447 1 /* enabled */,
11448 0 /* internal */))
11449 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
11450 }
11451
11452 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
11453 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
11454
11455 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
11456 static int next_cmd;
11457
11458 static char *
11459 read_uploaded_action (void)
11460 {
11461 char *rslt;
11462
11463 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
11464
11465 next_cmd++;
11466
11467 return rslt;
11468 }
11469
11470 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
11471 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
11472 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
11473 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
11474 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
11475
11476 struct breakpoint *
11477 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
11478 {
11479 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
11480 struct breakpoint *tp;
11481
11482 if (utp->at_string)
11483 addr_str = utp->at_string;
11484 else
11485 {
11486 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
11487 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
11488 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
11489 user. */
11490 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
11491 "source location, using raw address"),
11492 utp->number);
11493 sprintf (small_buf, "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
11494 addr_str = small_buf;
11495 }
11496
11497 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
11498 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
11499 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
11500 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
11501 utp->number);
11502
11503 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11504 addr_str,
11505 utp->cond_string, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
11506 0 /* tempflag */,
11507 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
11508 0 /* Ignore count */,
11509 pending_break_support,
11510 NULL,
11511 0 /* from_tty */,
11512 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
11513 0 /* internal */))
11514 return NULL;
11515
11516 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
11517
11518 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
11519 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
11520 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
11521
11522 if (utp->pass > 0)
11523 {
11524 sprintf (small_buf, "%d %d", utp->pass, tp->number);
11525
11526 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
11527 }
11528
11529 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
11530 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
11531 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
11532 function. */
11533 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
11534 {
11535 struct command_line *cmd_list;
11536
11537 this_utp = utp;
11538 next_cmd = 0;
11539
11540 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
11541
11542 breakpoint_set_commands (tp, cmd_list);
11543 }
11544 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
11545 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
11546 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
11547 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
11548 utp->number);
11549
11550 return tp;
11551 }
11552
11553 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
11554 omitted. */
11555
11556 static void
11557 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
11558 {
11559 int num_printed;
11560
11561 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
11562
11563 if (num_printed == 0)
11564 {
11565 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
11566 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
11567 else
11568 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
11569 }
11570
11571 default_collect_info ();
11572 }
11573
11574 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
11575 Not supported by all targets. */
11576 static void
11577 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11578 {
11579 enable_command (args, from_tty);
11580 }
11581
11582 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
11583 Not supported by all targets. */
11584 static void
11585 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11586 {
11587 disable_command (args, from_tty);
11588 }
11589
11590 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
11591 static void
11592 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11593 {
11594 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11595
11596 dont_repeat ();
11597
11598 if (arg == 0)
11599 {
11600 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
11601
11602 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
11603 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
11604 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
11605 argument. */
11606 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
11607 {
11608 if (b->number >= 0)
11609 {
11610 breaks_to_delete = 1;
11611 break;
11612 }
11613 }
11614
11615 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
11616 if (!from_tty
11617 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
11618 {
11619 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11620 {
11621 if (is_tracepoint (b)
11622 && b->number >= 0)
11623 delete_breakpoint (b);
11624 }
11625 }
11626 }
11627 else
11628 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
11629 }
11630
11631 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
11632
11633 static void
11634 trace_pass_set_count (struct breakpoint *bp, int count, int from_tty)
11635 {
11636 bp->pass_count = count;
11637 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (bp->number);
11638 if (from_tty)
11639 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
11640 bp->number, count);
11641 }
11642
11643 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
11644
11645 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
11646 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
11647 Also accepts special argument "all". */
11648
11649 static void
11650 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11651 {
11652 struct breakpoint *t1;
11653 unsigned int count;
11654
11655 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
11656 error (_("passcount command requires an "
11657 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
11658
11659 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
11660
11661 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
11662 args++;
11663
11664 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
11665 {
11666 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
11667 if (*args)
11668 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11669
11670 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t1)
11671 {
11672 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
11673 }
11674 }
11675 else if (*args == '\0')
11676 {
11677 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
11678 if (t1)
11679 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
11680 }
11681 else
11682 {
11683 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
11684
11685 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
11686 while (!state.finished)
11687 {
11688 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
11689 if (t1)
11690 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
11691 }
11692 }
11693 }
11694
11695 struct breakpoint *
11696 get_tracepoint (int num)
11697 {
11698 struct breakpoint *t;
11699
11700 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
11701 if (t->number == num)
11702 return t;
11703
11704 return NULL;
11705 }
11706
11707 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
11708 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
11709 reconnecting). */
11710
11711 struct breakpoint *
11712 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
11713 {
11714 struct breakpoint *t;
11715
11716 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
11717 if (t->number_on_target == num)
11718 return t;
11719
11720 return NULL;
11721 }
11722
11723 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
11724 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
11725 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
11726 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
11727 struct breakpoint *
11728 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
11729 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
11730 int optional_p)
11731 {
11732 extern int tracepoint_count;
11733 struct breakpoint *t;
11734 int tpnum;
11735 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
11736
11737 if (state)
11738 {
11739 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
11740 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
11741 }
11742 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
11743 {
11744 if (optional_p)
11745 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
11746 else
11747 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
11748 }
11749 else
11750 tpnum = get_number (arg);
11751
11752 if (tpnum <= 0)
11753 {
11754 if (instring && *instring)
11755 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
11756 instring);
11757 else
11758 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
11759 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
11760 return NULL;
11761 }
11762
11763 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
11764 if (t->number == tpnum)
11765 {
11766 return t;
11767 }
11768
11769 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
11770 return NULL;
11771 }
11772
11773 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
11774 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
11775 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
11776 non-zero. */
11777
11778 static void
11779 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
11780 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
11781 {
11782 struct breakpoint *tp;
11783 int any = 0;
11784 char *pathname;
11785 struct cleanup *cleanup;
11786 struct ui_file *fp;
11787 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
11788
11789 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
11790 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
11791
11792 /* See if we have anything to save. */
11793 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
11794 {
11795 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
11796 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
11797 continue;
11798
11799 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
11800 if (filter && !filter (tp))
11801 continue;
11802
11803 any = 1;
11804
11805 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
11806 {
11807 extra_trace_bits = 1;
11808
11809 /* We can stop searching. */
11810 break;
11811 }
11812 }
11813
11814 if (!any)
11815 {
11816 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
11817 return;
11818 }
11819
11820 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
11821 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
11822 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
11823 if (!fp)
11824 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
11825 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
11826 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
11827
11828 if (extra_trace_bits)
11829 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
11830
11831 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
11832 {
11833 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
11834 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
11835 continue;
11836
11837 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
11838 if (filter && !filter (tp))
11839 continue;
11840
11841 if (tp->ops != NULL)
11842 (tp->ops->print_recreate) (tp, fp);
11843 else
11844 {
11845 if (tp->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
11846 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
11847 if (tp->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
11848 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
11849 else if (tp->type == bp_tracepoint)
11850 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
11851 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
11852 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
11853 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
11854 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
11855 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
11856 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
11857 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
11858 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
11859 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
11860 else if (tp->type == bp_watchpoint)
11861 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
11862 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
11863 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
11864 else if (tp->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
11865 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
11866 else if (tp->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
11867 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
11868 else
11869 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11870 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
11871
11872 if (tp->exp_string)
11873 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->exp_string);
11874 else if (tp->addr_string)
11875 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
11876 else
11877 {
11878 char tmp[40];
11879
11880 sprintf_vma (tmp, tp->loc->address);
11881 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " *0x%s", tmp);
11882 }
11883 }
11884
11885 if (tp->thread != -1)
11886 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", tp->thread);
11887
11888 if (tp->task != 0)
11889 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", tp->task);
11890
11891 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
11892
11893 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
11894 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
11895 instead. */
11896
11897 if (tp->cond_string)
11898 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
11899
11900 if (tp->ignore_count)
11901 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
11902
11903 if (tp->pass_count)
11904 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
11905
11906 if (tp->commands)
11907 {
11908 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
11909
11910 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
11911
11912 ui_out_redirect (uiout, fp);
11913 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11914 {
11915 print_command_lines (uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
11916 }
11917 ui_out_redirect (uiout, NULL);
11918
11919 if (ex.reason < 0)
11920 throw_exception (ex);
11921
11922 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
11923 }
11924
11925 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
11926 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
11927
11928 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
11929 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
11930 special, and not user visible. */
11931 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
11932 {
11933 struct bp_location *loc;
11934 int n = 1;
11935
11936 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
11937 if (!loc->enabled)
11938 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
11939 }
11940 }
11941
11942 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
11943 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
11944
11945 do_cleanups (cleanup);
11946 if (from_tty)
11947 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
11948 }
11949
11950 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
11951
11952 static void
11953 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11954 {
11955 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
11956 }
11957
11958 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
11959
11960 static void
11961 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11962 {
11963 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
11964 }
11965
11966 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
11967
11968 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
11969 all_tracepoints (void)
11970 {
11971 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
11972 struct breakpoint *tp;
11973
11974 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
11975 {
11976 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
11977 }
11978
11979 return tp_vec;
11980 }
11981
11982 \f
11983 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
11984 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
11985 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
11986 command. */
11987 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
11988 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
11989 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
11990 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
11991 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
11992 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
11993 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
11994 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
11995 \n\
11996 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
11997 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
11998 \n\
11999 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
12000 conditions are different.\n\
12001 \n\
12002 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
12003
12004 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
12005 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
12006
12007 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
12008 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
12009
12010 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch"
12011 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */
12012 static void
12013 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
12014 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
12015 struct cmd_list_element *command),
12016 char **(*completer) (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
12017 char *text, char *word),
12018 void *user_data_catch,
12019 void *user_data_tcatch)
12020 {
12021 struct cmd_list_element *command;
12022
12023 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
12024 &catch_cmdlist);
12025 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
12026 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
12027 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
12028
12029 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
12030 &tcatch_cmdlist);
12031 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
12032 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
12033 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
12034 }
12035
12036 static void
12037 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
12038 {
12039 inf->total_syscalls_count = 0;
12040 inf->any_syscall_count = 0;
12041 VEC_free (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
12042 }
12043
12044 static void
12045 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12046 {
12047 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
12048 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
12049 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
12050 }
12051
12052 struct breakpoint *
12053 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
12054 void *data)
12055 {
12056 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12057
12058 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12059 {
12060 if ((*callback) (b, data))
12061 return b;
12062 }
12063
12064 return NULL;
12065 }
12066
12067 void
12068 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
12069 {
12070 struct cmd_list_element *c;
12071
12072 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
12073 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
12074 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
12075
12076 breakpoint_objfile_key = register_objfile_data ();
12077
12078 breakpoint_chain = 0;
12079 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
12080 before a breakpoint is set. */
12081 breakpoint_count = 0;
12082
12083 tracepoint_count = 0;
12084
12085 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
12086 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
12087 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
12088 if (xdb_commands)
12089 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
12090
12091 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
12092 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
12093 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
12094 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
12095 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
12096 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
12097 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
12098 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
12099
12100 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
12101 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
12102 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
12103 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
12104
12105 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
12106 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
12107 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
12108 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
12109 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
12110 \n"
12111 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
12112 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
12113
12114 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
12115 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
12116 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
12117 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
12118 \n"
12119 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
12120 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
12121
12122 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
12123 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
12124 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
12125 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
12126 \n"
12127 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
12128 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
12129
12130 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
12131 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
12132 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
12133 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
12134 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
12135 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
12136 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
12137 if (xdb_commands)
12138 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
12139 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
12140 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
12141 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
12142 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
12143 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
12144
12145 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
12146
12147 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
12148 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
12149 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
12150 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
12151 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
12152 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
12153
12154 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
12155 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
12156 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
12157 &enablebreaklist);
12158
12159 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
12160 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
12161 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
12162 &enablebreaklist);
12163
12164 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
12165 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
12166 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
12167 &enablelist);
12168
12169 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
12170 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
12171 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
12172 &enablelist);
12173
12174 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
12175 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
12176 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
12177 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
12178 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
12179 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
12180 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
12181 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
12182 if (xdb_commands)
12183 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
12184 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
12185 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
12186 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
12187 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
12188
12189 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
12190 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
12191 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
12192 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
12193 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
12194 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
12195 &disablelist);
12196
12197 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
12198 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
12199 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
12200 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
12201 \n\
12202 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
12203 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
12204 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
12205 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
12206 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
12207 if (xdb_commands)
12208 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
12209 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
12210 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
12211 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
12212
12213 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
12214 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
12215 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
12216 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
12217 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
12218 &deletelist);
12219
12220 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
12221 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
12222 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
12223 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
12224 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
12225 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
12226 \n\
12227 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
12228 is executing in.\n\
12229 \n\
12230 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
12231 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
12232
12233 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
12234 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
12235 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
12236 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
12237
12238 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
12239 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
12240 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
12241 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
12242
12243 if (xdb_commands)
12244 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
12245
12246 if (dbx_commands)
12247 {
12248 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
12249 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
12250 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
12251 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
12252 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
12253 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
12254 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
12255 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
12256 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
12257 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
12258 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
12259 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
12260 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
12261 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
12262 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
12263 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
12264 \n\
12265 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
12266 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
12267 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
12268 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
12269 breakpoint set."));
12270 }
12271
12272 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
12273 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
12274 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
12275 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
12276 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
12277 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
12278 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
12279 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
12280 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
12281 \n\
12282 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
12283 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
12284 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
12285 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
12286 breakpoint set."));
12287
12288 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
12289
12290 if (xdb_commands)
12291 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
12292 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
12293 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
12294 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
12295 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
12296 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
12297 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
12298 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
12299 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
12300 \n\
12301 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
12302 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
12303 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
12304 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
12305 breakpoint set."));
12306
12307 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
12308 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
12309 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
12310 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
12311 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
12312 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
12313 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
12314 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
12315 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
12316 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
12317 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
12318 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
12319 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
12320 \n\
12321 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
12322 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
12323 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
12324 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
12325 breakpoint set."),
12326 &maintenanceinfolist);
12327
12328 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
12329 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
12330 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
12331 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
12332
12333 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
12334 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
12335 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
12336 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
12337
12338 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
12339 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
12340 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
12341 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
12342 catch_catch_command,
12343 NULL,
12344 CATCH_PERMANENT,
12345 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
12346 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
12347 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
12348 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
12349 catch_throw_command,
12350 NULL,
12351 CATCH_PERMANENT,
12352 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
12353 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
12354 catch_fork_command_1,
12355 NULL,
12356 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
12357 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
12358 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
12359 catch_fork_command_1,
12360 NULL,
12361 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
12362 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
12363 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
12364 catch_exec_command_1,
12365 NULL,
12366 CATCH_PERMANENT,
12367 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
12368 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
12369 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
12370 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
12371 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
12372 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
12373 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
12374 catch_syscall_command_1,
12375 catch_syscall_completer,
12376 CATCH_PERMANENT,
12377 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
12378 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
12379 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
12380 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
12381 catch_ada_exception_command,
12382 NULL,
12383 CATCH_PERMANENT,
12384 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
12385 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
12386 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
12387 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
12388 catch_assert_command,
12389 NULL,
12390 CATCH_PERMANENT,
12391 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
12392
12393 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
12394 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
12395 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
12396 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
12397 an expression changes.\n\
12398 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
12399 the memory to which it refers."));
12400 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
12401
12402 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
12403 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
12404 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
12405 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
12406 an expression is read.\n\
12407 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
12408 the memory to which it refers."));
12409 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
12410
12411 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
12412 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
12413 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
12414 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
12415 an expression is either read or written.\n\
12416 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
12417 the memory to which it refers."));
12418 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
12419
12420 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
12421 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
12422
12423 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
12424 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
12425 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
12426 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
12427 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
12428 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
12429 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
12430 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
12431 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
12432 hardware.)"),
12433 NULL,
12434 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
12435 &setlist, &showlist);
12436
12437 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
12438
12439 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
12440
12441 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
12442 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
12443 \n"
12444 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
12445 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
12446 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
12447
12448 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
12449 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
12450 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
12451 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
12452
12453 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
12454 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
12455 \n"
12456 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
12457 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
12458 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
12459
12460 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
12461 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
12462 \n\
12463 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
12464 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
12465 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
12466 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
12467 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
12468 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
12469 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
12470 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
12471 the selected stack frame.\n\
12472 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
12473 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
12474 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
12475 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
12476 \n\
12477 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
12478 \n\
12479 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
12480 conditions are different.\n\
12481 \n\
12482 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
12483 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
12484 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
12485
12486 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
12487 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
12488 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
12489 last tracepoint set."));
12490
12491 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
12492
12493 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
12494 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
12495 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
12496 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
12497 &deletelist);
12498
12499 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
12500 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
12501 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
12502 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
12503 &disablelist);
12504 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
12505
12506 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
12507 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
12508 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
12509 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
12510 &enablelist);
12511 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
12512
12513 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
12514 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
12515 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
12516 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
12517 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
12518
12519 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
12520 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
12521 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
12522 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
12523
12524 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
12525 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
12526 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
12527 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
12528 session to restore them."),
12529 &save_cmdlist);
12530 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
12531
12532 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
12533 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
12534 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
12535 &save_cmdlist);
12536 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
12537
12538 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
12539 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
12540
12541 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
12542 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
12543 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
12544 pending breakpoint behavior"),
12545 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
12546 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
12547 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
12548 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
12549 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
12550 pending breakpoint behavior"),
12551 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
12552 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
12553
12554 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
12555 &pending_break_support, _("\
12556 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
12557 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
12558 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
12559 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
12560 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
12561 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
12562 NULL,
12563 show_pending_break_support,
12564 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
12565 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
12566
12567 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
12568
12569 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
12570 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
12571 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
12572 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
12573 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
12574 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
12575 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
12576 NULL,
12577 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
12578 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
12579 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
12580
12581 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
12582 always_inserted_enums, &always_inserted_mode, _("\
12583 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
12584 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
12585 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
12586 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
12587 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
12588 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
12589 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
12590 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
12591 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
12592 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
12593 NULL,
12594 &show_always_inserted_mode,
12595 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
12596 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
12597
12598 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
12599
12600 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
12601 }
This page took 0.280552 seconds and 3 git commands to generate.